-
21 machen
I v/t1. (tun) do; was machst du? what are you doing?; beruflich: what do you do (for a living)?; so was macht man nicht that isn’t done, you just don’t do that; da kann man nichts machen there’s nothing you can do (about it), it’s (just) one of those things; er macht es nicht unter 500 Euro umg. he won’t do it for less than 500 euros; was macht die Familie? how’s the family (getting on [Am. along]) ?; mach’s gut! umg. see you; (alles Gute) all the best; gut gemacht! well done!, good show!; das lässt sich schon machen that can be arranged, that’s no problem; mit mir könnt ihr’s ja machen! umg., iro. the things I put up with; sie wird es nicht mehr lange machen umg. (wird bald sterben) she’s not long for this world; die Festplatte wird es wohl nicht mehr lange machen umg. (wird bald defekt sein) the hard disk is on its last legs ( oder has just about had it)2. (herstellen, schaffen) make; (Essen) make, prepare; (Bett) make; ein Foto machen take a photograph; das Zimmer machen do ( oder tidy up, Am. clean up) the room; Hausaufgaben machen do one’s homework; eine Prüfung machen take ( erfolgreich: pass) an exam; einen Spaziergang machen go for a walk; einen Fehler machen make a mistake; einen Kurs machen (besuchen) do ( oder take) a course; eine angenehme / unangenehme Erfahrung machen have a pleasant / an unpleasant experience; jemanden zum General machen make s.o. a general; zu oder für etw. ( nicht) gemacht sein (not) be cut out for s.th.; er ist nicht zur Arbeit gemacht iro. work doesn’t agree with him hum.; jemanden traurig / glücklich etc. machen make s.o. sad / happy etc.; den Schiedsrichter machen umg. be ( oder act as) umpire ( oder referee); das macht das Wetter it’s the weather that causes it; das macht Durst it makes you thirsty; der Wagen macht 160 km / h umg. the car does 100 mph; Ferien, Hoffnung, Krach, Licht etc.3. (ergeben) beim Rechnen: be, come to, amount to; 4 mal 5 macht 20 four times five is twenty, four fives are twenty; was macht das? Rechnung etc.: how much does that come to?, what’s the damage? umg.; das macht dreißig Euro that’s ( oder that’ll be) thirty euros; was macht das zusammen? how much does that come to all together?4. (ausmachen): was macht das schon? what does it matter?, what difference does it make?; umg. so what?; das macht nichts it doesn’t matter, never mind; es macht mir nichts I don’t mind; sie macht sich nichts / nicht viel aus Geld she doesn’t care / doesn’t care much about money, money doesn’t mean anything / doesn’t mean much to her, she’s not bothered / not really bothered about money umg.; er macht sich nicht viel aus Kuchen / Alkohol etc. he doesn’t particularly like cake / alcohol etc., he’s not particularly keen on (Am. not wild about) cake / alcohol etc.; mach dir nichts draus! don’t worry about it, don’t take it to heart5. umg. (veranstalten, organisieren) have, give; ich mache am Samstag ein Fest I’m having a party on Saturday; nächste Woche macht sie einen Vortrag über Kafka next week she’s going to give a lecture on Kafka6. Sl. euph.: es machen (Sex haben) have it off (Am. get it on) ( mit with); es jemandem machen give it to s.o.II v/refl1. sich ( gut) machen Person: be coming along (well oder fine), be getting on (Am. along) (fine); sich gut machen Sache: (gut aussehen) look good ( bei jemandem on s.o.); (gern gesehen werden) make a good impression; sich schlecht machen not look good, make a bad impression; er macht sich gut als... he makes a good...; wie macht sich Vincent als Chef? what sort of a boss is Vincent?; er macht sich gut als Chef he makes a good boss; wie macht sich der Kleine? how’s the little one doing ( oder getting on [Am. along]) ?; die Vase macht sich sehr gut in der Ecke the vase looks very nice in the corner; das macht sich schon wieder umg. it’ll sort itself out2. sich an etw. machen get down to (work on) s.th.; ich mache mich morgen an die Übersetzung auch I’ll make a start on the translation tomorrow; WegIII v/i1. umg.: macht, dass ihr bald zurück seid! be sure to be back ( oder you get back) soon!; mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!; mach schon! (beeile dich!) hurry up!, get a move on! umg.2. umg.: lass ihn nur machen (lass ihm seinen Willen) let him if he wants to, let him have his way; (red ihm nichts ein) just let him do it ( oder get on with it); (verlass dich auf ihn) leave it to him; lass mich nur machen (red mir nichts ein) let me do it my way; (verlass dich auf mich) just leave it to me; lass mich mal machen (lass mich versuchen) let me have a try3. umg.: machen in (+ Dat) WIRTS. deal in, sell; in Politik machen umg. be in politics; er macht in Schriftstellerei umg. he dabbles in writing4. umg.: auf etw. machen umg. (etw. spielen) act ( oder play) s.th., pretend to be s.th.; auf Künstler machen umg. act ( oder play) the artist, do one’s artist bit umg.; auf unschuldig / doof machen umg. act ( oder play) the innocent / the fool; sie macht neuerdings auf jung her latest fad is to act all girlish5. Schokolade macht dick chocolate makes you fat; Querstreifen machen dick horizontal stripes make you look fat6. umg. euph. (die Notdurft verrichten): ( klein) machen wee; ( groß) machen shit; sich (Dat) vor Angst in die Hosen machen wet o.s. (Am. wet one’s pants) from fear; der Kleine macht immer noch in die Windeln the child still dirties his nappy (Am. diaper); der Hund hat auf den Teppich gemacht the dog made a mess on the carpet7. (hat oder ist) Dial. (sich begeben) go; wir haben oder sind 1966 in den Westen gemacht (sind aus der DDR in die BRD geflüchtet) in 1966 we made it to West Germany; gemacht* * *to create; to be; to do; to make; to fix* * *mạ|chen ['maxn]1. TRANSITIVES VERB1) = tun to dowas machst du heute Abend? — what are you doing this evening?
was machen wir mit dem restlichen Brot? — what shall we do with the rest of the bread?
die Hausarbeit/den Garten machen — to do the housework/the garden
er machte sich (dat) Zucker in den Kaffee (inf) — he put sugar in his coffee
ich muss noch so viel machen — I still have so much to do
gut, wird gemacht — right, will do (inf)
gut, mache ich — right, will do (inf) or I'll do that
wie mans macht, ists verkehrt — whatever you do is wrong
er macht, was er will — he does what he likes
soll ich ihn nach seinem Gehalt fragen? – so etwas macht man nicht! — shall I ask how much he earns? – you don't ask that (question)!
das lässt sich machen/nicht machen — that can/can't be done
das ist zu/nicht zu machen — that can/can't be done
ich mache es wohl am besten so, dass ich etwas früher komme — I would do best to come a bit earlier
es ist schon gut gemacht, wie sie die Rolle der Ophelia mit echtem Leben erfüllt — it's wonderful how she brings the role of Ophelia to life
damit/mit ihr kann man etwas machen — you could do something with it/her
was machst du denn hier? — what ( on earth) are you doing here?
was macht dein Bruder ( beruflich)? — what does your brother do (for a living)?
machs gut! — all the best!
er wirds nicht mehr lange machen (inf) — he won't last long
selber machen (sl) — to bring oneself off (inf)
mit mir kann mans ja machen! (inf) — the things I put up with! (inf)
2) = anfertigen, zubereiten to makeBier wird aus Gerste gemacht — beer is made from barley
sich/jdm etw machen lassen — to have sth made for oneself/sb
jdm einen Drink machen (Cocktail) — to make or mix sb a drink
3) = verursachen, bewirken Schwierigkeiten, Arbeit to make (jdm for sb); Mühe, Schmerzen to cause (jdm for sb)jdm Angst/Sorgen/Freude machen — to make sb afraid/worried/happy
jdm Hoffnung/Mut/Kopfschmerzen machen — to give sb hope/courage/a headache
das macht Appetit — that gives you an appetite
jdn lachen/weinen/etw vergessen machen — to make sb laugh/cry/forget sth
machen, dass etw geschieht — to make sth happen
mach, dass er gesund wird! — make him better!
das machen die vielen Zigaretten, dass du hustest — it's all those cigarettes that make you cough
4) = hervorbringen Laut, Geräusch to makemäh/miau machen — to baa/miaow
brumm machen — to go "brumm"
5) = bilden Kreuzzeichen, Kreis to make6)machen + SubstantivSiehe auch unter dem Eintrag für das jeweilige Substantiv.
einen Ausflug machen — to go on an outingBilder machen — to take photos
auf jdn/etw Jagd machen — to hunt sb/sth
einen Kopfsprung machen — to take a header (Brit), to dive (headfirst)
mach mir mal einen (guten) Preis! — make me an offer!
eine Prüfung machen — to do (esp Brit) or take an exam
ein Spiel machen — to play a game
See:= haltmachen7) machen + AdjektivSiehe auch unter dem Eintrag für das jeweilige Adjektiv.to makejdn nervös/unglücklich machen — to make sb nervous/unhappy
etw größer/kleiner machen — to make sth bigger/smaller
etw sauber/schmutzig machen — to get sth clean/dirty
jdn wieder sehend machen — to make sb see again
machs dir doch bequem/gemütlich — make yourself comfortable/at home
8) = ergeben inf to make; Summe, Preis to bedas macht ( zusammen) 23 — that makes 23 altogether
fünf mal vier macht or machen zwanzig — five fours are twenty, five times four is twenty
was macht die Rechnung? — how much is the bill?, what does the bill come to?
100 cm machen einen Meter — 100 cm make a metre (Brit) or meter (US)
was or wie viel macht das ( alles zusammen)? — how much is that altogether?
9) = spielen inf THEAT to play; Dolmetscher, Schiedsrichter etc to be10)= Notdurft verrichten inf
einen Haufen or sein Geschäft machen (euph:) (Hund) — to do its business (euph)See:11) = ordnen, reparieren, säubern to dodas Auto machen lassen — to have the car seen to or done
ich muss noch die Betten machen —
mach den Fleck aus der Bluse, ehe du sie wäschst — get the stain out of the blouse before you wash it
12)andere Wendungen◆ machen + aus
aus dem Haus könnte man schon etwas machen — you could really make something of that houseeine große Sache aus etw machen — to make a big thing of sth
jdn zum Star/Helden machen — to turn sb into a star/hero
jdn zum Wortführer/Sklaven/zu seiner Frau machen — to make sb spokesman/a slave/one's wife
jdm etw zur Hölle/Qual machen — to make sth hell/a misery for sb
der Regen/die Kälte macht mir nichts — I don't mind the rain/cold
die Kälte macht dem Motor nichts — the cold doesn't hurt the engine
es macht mir nichts, durch den Regen zu gehen — I don't mind walking in the rain
viel aus jdm/etw machen — to like sb/sth
wenig aus jdm/etw machen — not to be very keen on (esp Brit) or thrilled with (esp US) sb/sth
einen schönen Abend/ein paar gemütliche Stunden machen — to have a nice evening/a few pleasant hours
sich (dat) Sorgen machen — to worry
jdn zum Freund/Feind machen — to make sb one's friend/enemy
etw zur Aufgabe/zum Grundsatz/Motto machen — to make sth one's job/a principle/one's watchword
2. INTRANSITIVES VERB1)= tun
lass mich mal machen — let me do it2)machen + Adjektiv
das macht müde/gesund/schlank — that makes you tired/healthy/slimdas Kleid macht alt/schlank — that dress makes you look old/slim
3) = sich beeilen inf to get a move on (inf), to hurry upmach schon!, mach schnell or schneller! — get a move on! (inf), hurry up!
ich mach ja schon! — I'm being as quick as I can!
sie machten, dass sie nach Hause kamen — they hurried home
4) = Notdurft verrichten inf to go to the toilet (esp Brit) or bathroom (esp US) or restroom (US); (Hund etc) to do its business (euph); (in die Hosen machen (lit, fig) — to wet oneself
groß/klein machen (baby-talk) — to do a poo/wee (baby-talk)
5) = reisen dial to goüber die ( grüne) Grenze machen — to go over the border
6)Redewendungen◆ machen auf etw (
acc ) (inf) jetzt macht sie auf große Dame — she's playing the grand lady nowsie macht auf verständnisvoll/gebildet — she's doing her understanding/cultured bit (inf)
jetzt macht sie auf beleidigt — now she's acting the injured innocent (Brit), now she's acting insulted (esp US)
er macht auf Schau — he's out for effect (inf)◆ machen in etw (dat) (inf, beruflich) to be in sth
er macht in Nächstenliebe/Großzügigkeit — he puts on a show of compassion/generosity
3. REFLEXIVES VERB1) ◆ sich machen= sich entwickeln to come on2) = aussehen to look3)machen — to get down to sthsich über das Essen machen (inf) — to get stuck in (inf)
sich zum Fürsprecher/Anwalt machen — to make oneself spokesman/advocate
sich bei jdm beliebt/verhasst machen (inf) — to make oneself popular with/hated by sb
See:* * *1) have2) (to perform an activity concerning something: to do the washing; to do the garden / the windows.) do3) go4) (to create, form or produce: God made the Earth; She makes all her own clothes; He made it out of paper; to make a muddle/mess of the job; to make lunch/coffee; We made an arrangement/agreement/deal/bargain.) make5) (to cause to be: I made it clear; You've made me very unhappy.) make6) (to gain or earn: He makes $100 a week; to make a profit.) make7) (used with many nouns to give a similar meaning to that of the verb from which the noun is formed: He made several attempts (= attempted several times); They made a left turn (= turned left); He made (= offered) a suggestion/proposal; Have you any comments to make?) make8) (used when asking angrily what someone is doing: What does he think he's playing at (=doing)?) play at9) (to cause to become: His remarks rendered me speechless.) render10) (to cause to go into a certain, usually bad, state: The news sent them into a panic.) send11) (to do or perform some action: I think I'll take a walk; Will you take a look?; to take a bath) take12) (to make a note, record etc: He took a photograph of the castle; The nurse took the patient's temperature.) take* * *ma·chen[ˈmaxn̩]1. (anstelle eines genaueren Verbs)▪ etw \machen to do sthhast du die Kartoffeln/Türen/das Badezimmer gemacht? have you done the potatoes/doors/bathroom?2. (fertigen)▪ etw \machen to make sthFotos [von jdm/etw] \machen to take photos [of sb/sth]Gedichte \machen to write poemsjdm/sich etw \machen lassen to have sth made for sb/[for one]aus diesem Haus \machen wir ein Atelier we're turning this house into a studioder Saft ist aus Birnen gemacht the juice is made out of pears3. (geben)eine Empfehlung \machen to put in sep a recommendationeinen Vorschlag \machen to make [or sep put in] a suggestion4. (zubereiten)▪ [jdm] etw \machen to make [sb] sth, to make sth [for sb]einen Drink \machen to make a drinkdas Essen \machen to prepare/cook foodein Essen \machen to make [or cook] a mealdas Frühstück \machen to make [or get] breakfastKaffee \machen to make coffee5. (aufräumen)das Bett \machen to make the bedsein Zimmer \machen to tidy up sep one's room6. (veranstalten)▪ etw \machen to organize stheine Party \machen to give [or have] [or throw] a party▪ etw \machen:dieser Film macht tränende Augen this film puts the tears in your eyes [or fam is a real tear jerker]jdm Angst \machen to frighten sbjdm Arbeit \machen to give sb work to doein dummes Gesicht \machen (fam) to make [or pull] a silly facejdm Durst/Hunger \machen to make sb thirsty/hungryeinen Eindruck \machen to make an impressionFeuer \machen to light a firejdm eine Freude \machen to make sb happyjdm Hoffnung/Mut/Kopfschmerzen \machen to give sb hope/courage/a headacheLärm \machen to make a noiseLicht \machen to switch on sep the lightMühe \machen to be a lot of trouble [or effort]keine Mühe \machen to be no troubledas macht überhaupt keine Mühe that's no trouble at allMusik \machen to play some musiceinen Schmollmund \machen to poutjdm Sorgen \machen to make sb worried, to give sb cause for concern▪ das macht etw that's because of sthdas macht das häufige Trinken that comes from drinking oftendas macht die frische Luft, dass wir so hungrig sind it's the fresh air that makes us so hungry8. (durchführen)▪ etw \machen to do stheine Arbeit/seine Hausaufgaben \machen to do a job [or task]/one's homeworkeine Beobachtung \machen to observe sb/stheine Bestellung \machen to place [or sep put in] an ordereinen Besuch \machen to [pay sb a] visiteine Dummheit \machen to do something stupidwie man's macht, macht man's falsch [o verkehrt] you [just] can't wineinen Fehler \machen to make a mistakeden Haushalt \machen to keep housedas ist zu \machen that's possibledas lässt sich \machen that might be possibleeine Mitteilung \machen to make an announcementda ist nichts zu \machen nothing can be done, that's not possiblenichts zu \machen! nothing doing! famjd kann [da] nichts \machen sb can't do anythingeine Reise \machen to go on a journeyeine Sause mit jdm \machen (sl) to go on a pub crawl esp BRIT [or AM esp to go bar-hopping] with sb fameinen Spaziergang \machen to go for a walkein Spiel \machen to play a gameSport \machen to do sporteine Verbeugung \machen to make [or take] a bow, to bowwie machst du/wie \machen Sie das nur? how [on earth] do you do it?9. (absolvieren)▪ etw \machen to do sthdas Abitur \machen ≈to do [one's] A levels BRITeinen Kurs \machen to take a courseeine Ausbildung \machen to do an apprenticeshipeine Elektrikerausbildung \machen to train to be an electricianjdn/etw berühmt/reich/schön \machen to make sb/sth famous/rich/beautifulmach es dir bequem! make yourself comfortable [or at home]!dieser Hut macht mich viel jünger this hat makes me [look] much younger▪ etw aus jdm \machen to make sb sthetwas aus sich/jdm \machen to make something of oneself/sbmein Vater hat mich zu seinem Nachfolger gemacht my father has made [or named] me his successorjdn zu seinem Verbündeten \machen to make sb one's ally11. (erzielen)▪ etw \machen:wir \machen jetzt dreimal so viel Umsatz we have now tripled our turnoverein Geschäft \machen to make a dealeinen Gewinn/Verlust \machen to make a profit/lossMillionen \machen to make millionsPunkte/Tore \machen to score points/goalsein Vermögen \machen to make a fortune12. (tun)▪ etw \machen to do sthwas möchten Sie gern \machen? what would you like to do?lass uns etwas \machen! let's do something!genau so werden wir es \machen that's how we'll do itmusst du viel \machen? do you have a lot to do?was macht sie damit? what's she doing with it?was willst du mit diesem Zeug \machen? what are you going to do with this stuff?was soll ich nur \machen? what am I to do?ich weiß nicht, was ich noch \machen soll I don't know what else to doich weiß nicht, wie man es macht I don't know how to do itwas machst du da? what are you doing?; (misstrauisch) what on earth are you doing there?, what are you up to?was hat sie wieder gemacht, dass alle so ärgerlich sind? what's she been up to [or fam gone and done] this time to make everyone so angry?was macht denn deine Frau? how's your wife?und was \machen Sie so? and what are you doing nowadays?was macht die Arbeit/Gesundheit? how's work/your health?, how are you work-wise/health-wise? famwas soll ich da groß \machen? what do you expect me to do?was macht deine Brille in der Mikrowelle? what are your glasses doing in the microwave?dagegen kann man nichts \machen there's nothing you can do about itgut gemacht! well done!mit mir kann man es ja \machen (fam) the things I put up withso etwas macht man nicht that's [or it's] bad mannersda kann man nichts \machen nothing can be done\machen, was man will to do as one pleases [or wants13. (bilden)▪ etw \machen:die Straße macht eine scharfe Kurve the road bends sharplysie macht eine gute Figur she cuts a good figure▪ jdn \machen to make sb▪ jdn/etw \machen to do [or play] sb/sthwer macht hier den Boss? who's the boss here?▪ jdn/etw \machen to do sb/sth▪ etw [für jdn] \machen to act as sth [for sb]das macht zehn Euro that's [or that'll be] ten euros [please]was macht das [zusammen]? what does that come to [in total]?drei mal drei macht neun three times three is [or makes] nineder Hund macht „wau, wau“ the dog goes “woof woof” usu childspeakmacht nichts! no matter [or problem]!das macht [doch] nichts! never mind!, no harm done!macht das was? does it matter?was macht das schon? what does it matter?jdm/etw etwas/nichts \machen to harm/not harm sb/sth24. (geschaffen)▪ [jdm] etw \machen to mend [or fix] [or repair] sth for sb▪ etw \machen lassen to get [or have] sth mended [or fixed] [or repaired26.es macht jdn glücklich/traurig/wütend it makes sb happy/sad/angryes macht jdn verrückt it drives sb mad [or fam crazy]es macht mich verrückt, dass ich so viel Werbung sehe it drives me crazy to see so many advertisements2. (schaden)es macht etwas/nichts/viel it matters/doesn't matter/matters a lotes macht jdm etwas/nichts/viel sb minds/doesn't mind/minds a lotes macht mir nichts, wenn du hierbleibst I don't mind you [or form your] staying herees macht „piep“, wenn du einen Fehler machst it goes “peep” [or it peeps] when you make a mistake; s.a. langIII. INTRANSITIVES VERB1. (bewirken)mach ich! [as] good as done!▪ \machen, dass etw geschieht to ensure [or see to it] that sth happenswie hast du gemacht, dass die Kinder so artig sind? how did you get the children to be so well behaved?mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!2. (gewähren)mach nur/ruhig! go ahead!jdn [mal/nur] \machen lassen (fam) to leave sb to itLiebe macht blind love makes you blind4. (aussehen lassen)Streifen \machen dick stripes make you look fatauf cool/in Großzügigkeit \machen to act cool/generous [or the cool/generous guy]auf vornehm \machen to give oneself [or to put on] airssie macht immer auf vornehme Dame she always acts the elegant ladyins Bett \machen Kind to wet the bedich mache jetzt in Wolle/Versicherungen I'm in wool/insurance [or the wool/insurance businessmach/\machen Sie [schon]! get a move on! fammach schneller! hurry up!ich mach sowieso nicht mehr lang I'm not long for this world anywayaufs Land/in die Stadt \machen to go to the country/into townIV. REFLEXIVES VERB1. (beginnen)das Wetter macht sich wieder there will soon be good weatherdas Baby macht sich gut the baby is doing fine fam3. (passen)das Bild macht sich gut an der Wand/im Flur the picture looks good on the wall/in the hall4. (leisten)die neue Sekretärin macht sich gut the new secretary is doing well5. (gewinnen)sich dat etwas/nichts/viel/wenig aus jdm/etw \machen to care/not care at all/care a lot/not care much for sb/sth; (sich nicht ärgern) to get a little upset/not get upset at all/get really upset/not get upset much about sthmach dir/\machen Sie sich nichts d[a]raus! don't worry about it!, don't it get you down!8. (gestalten)wir \machen uns einen schönen Tag let's have an enjoyable daymach dir ein paar schöne Tage enjoy yourself for a few days9. (erledigen)V. AUXILIARVERBder Wein wird dich das vergessen \machen the wine will help you [to] forget* * *1.transitives Verb1) (herstellen) makesich (Dat.) etwas machen lassen — have something made
Geld/ein Vermögen/einen Gewinn machen — make money/a fortune/a profit
dafür ist er einfach nicht gemacht — (fig.) he's just not cut out for it
etwas aus jemandem machen — make somebody into something; (verwandeln) turn somebody into something
jemanden zum Präsidenten usw. machen — make somebody president etc.
2)jemandem einen Kostenvoranschlag machen — let somebody have or give somebody an estimate
jemandem einen guten Preis machen — (ugs.) name a good price
3) (zubereiten) get, prepare < meal>jemandem/sich [einen] Kaffee machen — make [some] coffee for somebody/oneself
jemandem einen Cocktail machen — get or mix somebody a cocktail
jemandem Arbeit machen — cause or make [extra] work for somebody
jemandem Sorgen machen — cause somebody anxiety; worry somebody
jemandem Mut/Hoffnung machen — give somebody courage/hope
das macht Durst/Hunger od. Appetit — this makes one thirsty/hungry; this gives one a thirst/an appetite
das macht das Wetter — that's [because of] the weather
mach, dass du nach Hause kommst! — (ugs.) off home with you!
ich muss machen, dass ich zum Bahnhof komme — (ugs.) I must see that I get to the station
ein Foto od. eine Aufnahme machen — take a photograph
einen Spaziergang machen — go for or take a walk
eine Reise machen — go on a journey or trip
einen Besuch [bei jemandem] machen — pay [somebody] a visit
wie man's macht, macht man's falsch od. verkehrt — (ugs.) [however you do it,] there's always something wrong
er macht es nicht unter 100 Euro — he won't do it for under or less than 100 euros
6)jemanden glücklich/eifersüchtig usw. machen — make somebody happy/jealous etc.
etwas größer/länger/kürzer machen — make something bigger/longer/shorter
mach es dir gemütlich od. bequem! — make yourself comfortable or at home
7) (tun) domach ich, wird gemacht! — (ugs.) will do!
was machen Sie [beruflich]? — what do you do [for a living]?
so etwas macht man nicht — that [just] isn't done
mit mir könnt ihr es ja machen — (ugs.) you can get away with it with me
8)was macht...? — (wie ist es um... bestellt?) how is...?
was macht die Arbeit? — how is the job [getting on]?; how are things at work?
was od. wieviel macht das [alles zusammen]? — how much does that come to?
das macht 12 Euro — that is or costs 12 euros; (Endsumme) that comes to 12 euros
10) (schaden)macht das was? — does it matter?; do you mind?
macht nichts! — (ugs.) never mind!; it doesn't matter
11) (teilnehmen an)einen Kursus od. Lehrgang machen — take a course
13)machs gut! — (ugs.) look after yourself!; (auf Wiedersehen) so long!
sich (Dat.) die Haare/Fingernägel machen — do one's hair/nails
15) (ugs. verhüll.): (seine Notdurft verrichten)2.groß/klein machen — do big jobs/small jobs (child language)
reflexives Verb1) mit Adjsich hübsch machen — smarten [oneself] up
sich schmutzig machen — get [oneself] dirty
2) (beginnen)sich an etwas (Akk.) machen — get down to something
3) (ugs.): (sich entwickeln) do well; get on4) (passen)das macht sich gut hier — this fits in well; this looks good here
5)mach dir nichts daraus! — (ugs.) don't let it bother you
sich (Dat.) nichts/wenig aus jemandem/etwas machen — (ugs.) not care at all/much for somebody/something
6)wir wollen uns (Dat.) einen schönen Abend machen — we want to have an enjoyable evening
7)sich (Dat.) Feinde machen — make enemies
sich (Dat.) jemanden zum Freund/Feind machen — make a friend/an enemy of somebody
8)3.wenn es sich [irgendwie] machen lässt — if it can [somehow] be done; if it is [at all] possible
intransitives Verb1) (ugs.): (sich beeilen)mach schon! — get a move on! (coll.); look snappy! (coll.)
2)das macht müde — it makes you tired; it is tiring
das macht hungrig/durstig — it makes you hungry/thirsty
3) (tun)lass mich nur machen — (ugs.) leave it to me
4) (ugs. verhüll.) <child, pet> perform (coll.)ins Bett/in die Hose machen — wet one's bed/pants
5) (ugs.)auf naiv usw. machen — pretend to be naïve
auf feine Dame usw. machen — act the fine lady
6) (landsch. ugs.): (sich begeben) go* * *A. v/t1. (tun) do;was machst du? what are you doing?; beruflich: what do you do (for a living)?;so was macht man nicht that isn’t done, you just don’t do that;da kann man nichts machen there’s nothing you can do (about it), it’s (just) one of those things;er macht es nicht unter 500 Euro umg he won’t do it for less than 500 euros;was macht die Familie? how’s the family (getting on [US along]) ?;gut gemacht! well done!, good show!;das lässt sich schon machen that can be arranged, that’s no problem;mit mir könnt ihr’s ja machen! umg, iron the things I put up with;sie wird es nicht mehr lange machen umg (wird bald sterben) she’s not long for this world;die Festplatte wird es wohl nicht mehr lange machen umg (wird bald defekt sein) the hard disk is on its last legs ( oder has just about had it)ein Foto machen take a photograph;Hausaufgaben machen do one’s homework;einen Spaziergang machen go for a walk;einen Fehler machen make a mistake;eine angenehme/unangenehme Erfahrung machen have a pleasant/an unpleasant experience;jemanden zum General machen make sb a general;zu oderfür etwas (nicht) gemacht sein (not) be cut out for sth;jemanden traurig/glücklich etcmachen make sb sad/happy etc;das macht das Wetter it’s the weather that causes it;das macht Durst it makes you thirsty;3. (ergeben) beim Rechnen: be, come to, amount to;4 mal 5 macht 20 four times five is twenty, four fives are twenty;was macht das? Rechnung etc: how much does that come to?, what’s the damage? umg;das macht dreißig Euro that’s ( oder that’ll be) thirty euros;was macht das zusammen? how much does that come to all together?4. (ausmachen):was macht das schon? what does it matter?, what difference does it make?; umg so what?;das macht nichts it doesn’t matter, never mind;es macht mir nichts I don’t mind;sie macht sich nichts/nicht viel aus Geld she doesn’t care/doesn’t care much about money, money doesn’t mean anything/doesn’t mean much to her, she’s not bothered/not really bothered about money umg;er macht sich nicht viel aus Kuchen/Alkohol etc he doesn’t particularly like cake/alcohol etc, he’s not particularly keen on (US not wild about) cake/alcohol etc;mach dir nichts draus! don’t worry about it, don’t take it to heart5. umg (veranstalten, organisieren) have, give;ich mache am Samstag ein Fest I’m having a party on Saturday;nächste Woche macht sie einen Vortrag über Kafka next week she’s going to give a lecture on Kafka6. sl euph:mit with);es jemandem machen give it to sbB. v/r1.sich gut machen Sache: (gut aussehen) look good (bei jemandem on sb); (gern gesehen werden) make a good impression;sich schlecht machen not look good, make a bad impression;er macht sich gut als … he makes a good …;wie macht sich Vincent als Chef? what sort of a boss is Vincent?;er macht sich gut als Chef he makes a good boss;die Vase macht sich sehr gut in der Ecke the vase looks very nice in the corner;das macht sich schon wieder umg it’ll sort itself out2.sich an etwas machen get down to (work on) sth;C. v/i1. umg:macht, dass ihr bald zurück seid! be sure to be back ( oder you get back) soon!;mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!;2. umg:lass ihn nur machen (lass ihm seinen Willen) let him if he wants to, let him have his way; (red ihm nichts ein) just let him do it ( oder get on with it); (verlass dich auf ihn) leave it to him;lass mich nur machen (red mir nichts ein) let me do it my way; (verlass dich auf mich) just leave it to me;lass mich mal machen (lass mich versuchen) let me have a try3. umg:in Politik machen umg be in politics;er macht in Schriftstellerei umg he dabbles in writing4. umg:sie macht neuerdings auf jung her latest fad is to act all girlish5.Schokolade macht dick chocolate makes you fat;Querstreifen machen dick horizontal stripes make you look fat6. umg euph (die Notdurft verrichten):(klein) machen wee;(groß) machen shit;sich (dat)vor Angst in die Hosen machen wet o.s. (US wet one’s pants) from fear;der Kleine macht immer noch in die Windeln the child still dirties his nappy (US diaper);der Hund hat auf den Teppich gemacht the dog made a mess on the carpet7. (hat oder ist) dial (sich begeben) go;sind 1987 in den Westen gemacht (sind aus der DDR in die BRD geflüchtet) in 1987 we made it to West Germany; → gemacht* * *1.transitives Verb1) (herstellen) makesich (Dat.) etwas machen lassen — have something made
Geld/ein Vermögen/einen Gewinn machen — make money/a fortune/a profit
dafür ist er einfach nicht gemacht — (fig.) he's just not cut out for it
etwas aus jemandem machen — make somebody into something; (verwandeln) turn somebody into something
jemanden zum Präsidenten usw. machen — make somebody president etc.
2)jemandem einen Kostenvoranschlag machen — let somebody have or give somebody an estimate
jemandem einen guten Preis machen — (ugs.) name a good price
3) (zubereiten) get, prepare < meal>jemandem/sich [einen] Kaffee machen — make [some] coffee for somebody/oneself
jemandem einen Cocktail machen — get or mix somebody a cocktail
jemandem Arbeit machen — cause or make [extra] work for somebody
jemandem Sorgen machen — cause somebody anxiety; worry somebody
jemandem Mut/Hoffnung machen — give somebody courage/hope
das macht Durst/Hunger od. Appetit — this makes one thirsty/hungry; this gives one a thirst/an appetite
das macht das Wetter — that's [because of] the weather
mach, dass du nach Hause kommst! — (ugs.) off home with you!
ich muss machen, dass ich zum Bahnhof komme — (ugs.) I must see that I get to the station
5) (ausführen) do <job, repair, etc.>ein Foto od. eine Aufnahme machen — take a photograph
einen Spaziergang machen — go for or take a walk
eine Reise machen — go on a journey or trip
einen Besuch [bei jemandem] machen — pay [somebody] a visit
wie man's macht, macht man's falsch od. verkehrt — (ugs.) [however you do it,] there's always something wrong
er macht es nicht unter 100 Euro — he won't do it for under or less than 100 euros
6)jemanden glücklich/eifersüchtig usw. machen — make somebody happy/jealous etc.
etwas größer/länger/kürzer machen — make something bigger/longer/shorter
mach es dir gemütlich od. bequem! — make yourself comfortable or at home
7) (tun) domach ich, wird gemacht! — (ugs.) will do!
was machen Sie [beruflich]? — what do you do [for a living]?
so etwas macht man nicht — that [just] isn't done
mit mir könnt ihr es ja machen — (ugs.) you can get away with it with me
8)was macht...? — (wie ist es um... bestellt?) how is...?
was macht die Arbeit? — how is the job [getting on]?; how are things at work?
was od. wieviel macht das [alles zusammen]? — how much does that come to?
das macht 12 Euro — that is or costs 12 euros; (Endsumme) that comes to 12 euros
10) (schaden)macht das was? — does it matter?; do you mind?
macht nichts! — (ugs.) never mind!; it doesn't matter
11) (teilnehmen an)einen Kursus od. Lehrgang machen — take a course
13)machs gut! — (ugs.) look after yourself!; (auf Wiedersehen) so long!
14) (ugs.): (ordnen, sauber machen, renovieren); do <room, stairs, washing, etc.>sich (Dat.) die Haare/Fingernägel machen — do one's hair/nails
15) (ugs. verhüll.): (seine Notdurft verrichten)2.groß/klein machen — do big jobs/small jobs (child language)
reflexives Verb1) mit Adjsich hübsch machen — smarten [oneself] up
sich schmutzig machen — get [oneself] dirty
2) (beginnen)sich an etwas (Akk.) machen — get down to something
3) (ugs.): (sich entwickeln) do well; get on4) (passen)das macht sich gut hier — this fits in well; this looks good here
5)mach dir nichts daraus! — (ugs.) don't let it bother you
sich (Dat.) nichts/wenig aus jemandem/etwas machen — (ugs.) not care at all/much for somebody/something
6)wir wollen uns (Dat.) einen schönen Abend machen — we want to have an enjoyable evening
7)sich (Dat.) Feinde machen — make enemies
sich (Dat.) jemanden zum Freund/Feind machen — make a friend/an enemy of somebody
8)3.wenn es sich [irgendwie] machen lässt — if it can [somehow] be done; if it is [at all] possible
intransitives Verb1) (ugs.): (sich beeilen)mach schon! — get a move on! (coll.); look snappy! (coll.)
2)das macht müde — it makes you tired; it is tiring
das macht hungrig/durstig — it makes you hungry/thirsty
3) (tun)lass mich nur machen — (ugs.) leave it to me
4) (ugs. verhüll.) <child, pet> perform (coll.)ins Bett/in die Hose machen — wet one's bed/pants
5) (ugs.)auf naiv usw. machen — pretend to be naïve
auf feine Dame usw. machen — act the fine lady
6) (landsch. ugs.): (sich begeben) go* * *v.to make v.(§ p.,p.p.: made)to perform v. -
22 _різне
aim at the stars, but keep your feet on the ground all are not thieves that dogs bark at all cats are grey in the dark all roads lead to Rome always lend a helping hand among the blind the one-eyed man is king as the days grow longer, the storms are stronger at a round table, there is no dispute of place a bad excuse is better than none a bad vessel is seldom broken be just before you're generous be just to all, but trust not all the best things come in small packages the best way to resist temptation is to give in to it better alone than in bad company better an empty house than a bad tenant better be the head of a dog than the tail of a lion better ride an ass that carries me than a horse that throws me better to beg than to steal, but better to work than to beg better a tooth out than always aching between two stools one goes to the ground a bird may be known by its flight a bird never flew on one wing a bit in the morning is better than nothing all day a bleating sheep loses a bite a blind man would be glad to see a blind man needs no looking glass bread always falls buttered side down a burden which one chooses is not felt butter to butter is no relish cast no dirt in the well that gives you water the chain is no stronger than its weakest link a change is as good as a rest Christmas comes but once a year circumstances after cases cleanliness is next to godliness the cobbler's wife is the worst shod a cold hand, a warm heart comparisons are odious consistency is a jewel consideration is half of conversation a creaking door hangs long on its hinges desperate diseases must have desperate remedies the devil looks after his own diamond cut diamond dirt shows the quickest on the cleanest cotton discontent is the first step in progress do as you would be done by dog does not eat dog a dog that will fetch a bone will carry a bone a dog will not cry if you beat him with a bone do not spoil the ship for a ha'porth of tar do not throw pearls before swine do your best and leave the rest with God do your duty and be afraid of none don't be a yes-man don't cut off your nose to spite your face don't drown yourself to save a drowning man don't look a gift horse in the mouth don't spur a willing horse don't strike a man when he is down don't swap the witch for the devil eagles don't catch flies eagles fly alone, but sheep flock together the English are a nation of shopkeepers even a stopped clock is right twice a day every cock sings in his own way every fish that escapes seems greater than it is every man is a pilot in a calm sea every medal has its reverse side every thing comes to a man who does not need it every tub smells of the wine it holds evil communications corrupt good manners the exception proves the rule exchange is no robbery extremes meet facts are stubborn things familiarity breeds contempt fast bind, fast find fields have eyes, and woods have ears fight fire with fire figure on the worst but hope for the best fingers were made before forks the fire which lights us at a distance will burn us when near the first shall be last and the last, first follow your own star forbearance is no acquittance the fox knows much, but more he that catches him from the day you were born till you ride in a hearse, there's nothing so bad but it might have been worse from the sweetest wine, the tartest vinegar fruit is golden in the morning, silver at noon, and lead at night gambling is the son of avarice and the father of despair the game is not worth the candles a gentleman never makes any noise the gift bringer always finds an open door the giver makes the gift precious a good horse cannot be of a bad colour a good tale is none the worse for being twice told good riddance to bad rubbish the greatest right in the world is the right to be wrong the half is more than the whole half a loaf is better than no bread half an orange tastes as sweet as a whole one hawk will not pick out hawk's eyes the heart has arguments with which the understanding is unacquainted he may well swim that is held up by the chin he that doesn't respect, isn't respected he that lies down with dogs must rise with fleas he that would live at peace and rest must hear and see and say the best he who is absent is always in the wrong he who follows is always behind the higher the climb, the broader the view history is a fable agreed upon hitch your wagon to a star the ideal we embrace is our better self if a bee didn't have a sting, he couldn't keep his honey if a sheep loops the dyke, all the rest will follow I fear Greeks even when bringing gifts if each would sweep before his own door, we should have a clean city if the cap fits, wear it if the mountain will not come to Mohammed, Mohammed must go to the mountain if you cannot bite, never show your teeth if you cannot have the best, make the best of what you have if you cannot speak well of a person, don't speak of him at all if you leave your umbrella at home, it is sure to rain if you wish to see the best in others, show the best of yourself ill news travels fast ill weeds grow apace an inch breaks no square it always pays to be a gentleman it costs nothing to ask it is easier to descend than ascend it is easier to pull down than to build up it is good fishing in troubled waters it is idle to swallow the cow and choke on the tail it is the last straw that breaks the camel's back it is sometimes best to burn your bridges behind you it is well to leave off playing when the game is at the best it is not clever to gamble, but to stop playing it's a small world it takes all sorts to make a world it takes a thief to catch a thief jealousy is a green-eyed monster jealousy is a proof of self-love keep a dress seven years and it will come back into style keep no more cats than will catch mice kindle not a fire that you cannot extinguish kissing goes by favor jam tomorrow and jam yesterday, but never jam today a joy that's shared is a joy made double justice is blind lay not the load on the lame horse learn to creep before you leap let the cock crow or not, the day will come the longest road is sometimes the shortest way home lookers-on see most of the game man does not live by bread alone many are called but few are chosen many go out for wool and come home shorn many stumble at a straw and leap over a block men cease to interest us when we find their limitations a misty morn may have a fine day the mob has many heads but no brains the moon is not seen when the sun shines the more the merrier mountain has brought forth a mouse much water runs by the mill that the miller knows not of name not a halter in his house that hanged himself the nearer the bone, the sweeter the meat never be the first by whom the new is tried nor yet the last to lay the old aside never do anything yourself you can get somebody else to do never is a long time never let your left hand know what your right hand is doing never make a bargain with the devil on a dark day never quarrel with your bread and butter never tell tales out of school a nod's as good as a wink to a blind horse no joy without alloy no man is a hero to his valet no mud can soil us but the mud we throw no names, no pack-drill no news good news no one but the wearer knows where the shoe pinches none is so blind as they who will not see none of us is perfect nothing is certain but the unforeseen nothing is easy to the unwilling nothing is so good but it might have been better nothing is stolen without hands nothing new under the sun nothing seems quite as good as new after being broken an old poacher makes the best keeper once is no rule one dog barks at nothing, the rest bark at him one good turn deserves another one half of the world does not know how the other half lives one hand washes the other one man's meat is another man's poison one picture is worth ten thousand words one volunteer is worth two pressed men one whip is good enough for a good horse; for a bad one, not a thousand opposites attract each other the orange that is squeezed too hard yields a bitter juice other people's burdens killed the ass out of the mire into the swamp painted flowers have no scent paper is patient: you can put anything on it people condemn what they do not understand pigs might fly the pitcher goes often to the well please ever; tease never plenty is no plague the porcupine, whom one must handle gloved, may be respected but is never loved the proof of the pudding is in the eating the remedy is worse than the disease reopen not the wounds once healed a rolling stone gathers no moss the rotten apple injures its neighbors scratch my back and I shall scratch yours the sea refuses no river seize what is highest and you will possess what is in between seldom seen, soon forgotten silence scandal by scandal the sharper the storm, the sooner it's over the sheep who talks peace with a wolf will soon be mutton since we cannot get what we like, let us like what we can get small faults indulged in are little thieves that let in greater solitude is at times the best society some people are too mean for heaven and too good for hell the soul of a man is a garden where, as he sows, so shall he reap sour grapes can never make sweet wine sow a thought and reap an act the sow loves bran better than roses a stick is quickly found to beat a dog with still waters run deep stoop low and it will save you many a bump through life a straw shows which way the wind blows a stream cannot rise above its source the style is the man the sun loses nothing by shining into a puddle the sun shines on all the world the sun will shine down our street too sunday plans never stand suspicion may be no fault, but showing it may be a great one sweetest nuts have the hardest shells the tail cannot shake the dog take things as they are, not as you'd have them tastes differ there are more ways of killing a dog than hanging it there is always room at the top there is life in the old dog yet there is no rose without a thorn there is small choice in rotten apples there is truth in wine there's as good fish in the sea as ever came out of it they need much whom nothing will content they that dance must pay the fiddler they walk with speed who walk alone those who hide can find three removals are as bad as a fire to the pure all things are pure to work hard, live hard, die hard, and go to hell after all would be hard indeed too far east is west translation is at best an echo a tree is known by its fruit a tree often transplanted neither grows nor thrives two can play at that game two dogs over one bone seldom agree venture a small fish to catch a great one the voice with a smile always wins wear my shoes and you'll know where they pitch we weep when we are born, not when we die what can you have of a cat but her skin what can't be cured must be endured what matters to a blind man that his father could see what you lose on the swings, you gain on the roundabouts when all you have is a hammer, everything looks like a nail when a dog is drowning, everyone offers him drink when in doubt, do nowt when interest is lost, memory is lost when a man lays the foundation of his own ruin, others will build on it when a river does not make a noise, it is either empty or very full when the devil is dead, he never lacks a chief mourner when two ride on one horse one must sit behind where bees are, there is honey where it is weakest, there the thread breaks who seeks what he should not finds what he would not why keep a dog and bark yourself? a wonder lasts but nine days the worth of a thing is best known by its want the world is a ladder for some to go up and some down would you persuade, speak of interest, not of reason you buy land, you buy stones; you buy meat, you buy bones you can take a horse to the water, but you cannot make him drink you can tell the day by the morning you cannot lose what you never had you cannot touch pitch and not be defiled you can't put new wine in old bottles you can't walk and look at the stars if you have a stone in your shoe your looking glass will tell you what none of your friends will zeal without knowledge is a runaway horse -
23 volo
1.vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;I.also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).In gen.A.With object-infinitive.1.With pres. inf.a.To wish.(α).Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:(β).potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—(γ).Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:b.neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:c.in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:d.ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:e.quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—To mean, of actions and expressions:f.hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:g.nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):h.quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:k.sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):1.uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:m.is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;n.si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):o.haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):2.magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—With pres. inf. understood.a.Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.(α).To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):(β).nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—To choose, be pleased (freq.):(γ).tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):(δ).sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:(ε).jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):b.tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—With ellipsis of inf.(α).Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:(β).nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—(γ).In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—3.With perfect infinitive active (rare).a.In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).(α).In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:(β).edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:b.interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:c.sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—To represent the will as referring to a completed action.(α).In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—(β).In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,B.an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.With acc. and inf.1.To wish (v. A. 1. a.).a.With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:b.deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —With the same subject.(α).With inf. act.:(β).quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —With inf. pass.:2.quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:3.me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:4.Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—To resolve:5.Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:6.montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):7.obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:8.voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.(α).To imagine, consider:(β).est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—To be of opinion, to hold:(γ).vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—To say, assert:(δ).si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:(ε).unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—To mean, with perf. inf.:(ζ).utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:9.ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—In partic.a.With things as subjects.(α).Things personified:(β).ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—Of laws, to provide:b.duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.(α).The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:(β).nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:c.aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—With predic. adj., without copula.(α).The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):(β).si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):d.in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —With an inf.-clause understood.(α).Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:(β).stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:(γ).deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):(δ).acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—To require, demand (v B. 7.):(ε).veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):(ζ).ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:C.volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.With ut, ne, or ut ne.1.With ut.a.To wish:b.volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):c.at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:d.id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—With other verbs:2.quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—With ne:3.at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.D.With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).1.To wish:2.ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:3.volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—With subj.-clause understood:E.abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.With object nouns, etc.1.With acc. of a thing.a.With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:b.voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:c.quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:d.immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:e.eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—With rel. pron.:f.quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—With indef. pronn.(α).Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:(β).eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:(γ).ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:2.visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.(α).To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):(β).Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):(γ).hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—To wish to have:3.roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;4.not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;a.rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):b.quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).(α).In 1 st pers. (rare):(β).nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—In 2 d pers.:(γ).quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—In 3 d pers.:(δ).quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:5.ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:6.jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.(α).With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:(β).repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—Without omnia:7.per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:F.meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:II.quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.In partic.A.Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.1.In imperative sentences.a.In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:b.nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:c.neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;d.rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:2.aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:3.non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—In declarative sentences.a.Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):b.vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—With pres. inf.:c.propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—With perf. act. inf.:d.pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:B.eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.1.With verb in the second person.a.With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.(α).As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:(β).ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):b.vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—With infinitive clause.(α).With the force of a modest imperative:(β).sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—As a mere wish:c.velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—With ut (rare):d.de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—2.With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.a.With pres. subj.:b.ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):c.nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—With inf.-clause:3.ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—With verb in the first person.a.With inf. pres. (so most freq.):b.atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—With acc. and inf.:c.quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—With subj. pres.:4.eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:5.aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).a.Velis.(α).Imperatively = cupito:(β).quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—(γ).Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—b.Velit.(α).Modestly for vult:(β).te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—= imperative of third person:c.arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—Velimus.(α).In the optative sense of velim:(β). d.sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):e.novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).C.Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:1.de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.With verb in first person.a.With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:b.videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—With perf. inf., I wish I had:c.abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):d.virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—With subj. imperf. (rare):2.quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.a.With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):b.hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:c.vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—With ne and pluperf. subj.:d.tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—3.With verb in third person.a.With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):b.patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—With pluperf. subj.:c.vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—With inf.-clause.(α).With inf. pres., I wish he were:(β).quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:d.quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—4.With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:5.aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).a.Velles.(α).In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—(β).Of an indefinite subject:b.velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—Vellet.(α).In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;(β).sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—Conditionally:c.quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—Vellent.(α).In the potential sense of vellem:(β).quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.D.Volam and voluero.1.In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;2.si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—Volam in principal sentences.(α).= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:(β).et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—3.In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:E.quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.Si vis, parenthetically.1.If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):2.paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—If you wish, choose, insist upon it:F.hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.1.3 d pers. sing.:2.quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—1 st pers. plur.:3.quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;4.but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—3 d pers. plur.:G.quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):H.quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.With magis and maxime.1.Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—2.With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):K.quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.In disjunctive co - ordination.1.With sive... sive:2.tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—Without connectives.a.Vis tu... vis:b.congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—Velim nolim.(α).Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:(β).velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—= seu velim seu nolim:A.ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.1.Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;2.rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):B. 1.ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —Attributively.a.In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):b.sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—Volenti animo.(α).= cupide, eagerly:(β).Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —On purpose, intentionally:2.consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—Predicatively.a.Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.(α).Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):(β).(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:b.precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:c.quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;3.rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).a.vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.(α).One who wishes:(β).nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—One who intends, is about:(γ).juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —One who is willing:(δ).non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—One who consents:(ε).tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—One who does a thing voluntarily:(ζ).pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:b.hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:2.Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.I.Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):2. II.aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:corvi,
id. 2, 822:altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:3.i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:fulmina,
id. 2, 213:tempestates,
id. 6, 612:telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30. -
24 bien
bien [bjɛ̃]━━━━━━━━━1. adverb4. compounds━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = de façon satisfaisante) well• comment vas-tu ? -- très bien merci how are you? -- fine, thanksb. ( = selon la morale, la raison) [se conduire, agir] well• vous faites bien de me le dire ! you did well to tell me!• ça commence à bien faire ! (inf) this is getting beyond a joke!c. ( = sans difficulté) [supporter, se rappeler] welle. ( = effectivement) definitely• je trouve bien que c'est un peu cher mais tant pis yes, it is rather expensive but never mind• c'est bien à ton frère que je pensais yes, it was your brother I was thinking of• c'est bien mon manteau ? this is my coat, isn't it?• il s'agit bien de ça ! as if that's the point!• voilà bien les femmes ! that's women for you!f. ( = correctement) écoute-moi bien listen to me carefully• dis-lui bien que... make sure you tell him that...• c'est bien compris ? is that quite clear?• j'espère bien ! I should hope so!• où peut-il bien être ? where on earth can he be?g. ( = malgré tout) il fallait bien que ça se fasse it just had to be done• il pourrait bien venir nous voir de temps en temps ! he could at least come and see us now and then!h. ( = volontiers) (après un verbe au conditionnel) je mangerais bien un morceau I'd like a bite to eat• je voudrais bien t'y voir ! I'd like to see you try!i. ( = au moins) at leastj. (locutions)• je connais bien des gens qui auraient protesté I know a lot of people who would have protested► bien que although• bien sûr qu'il viendra ! of course he'll come!2. <a. ( = satisfaisant) goodc. ( = en bonne forme) well• tu n'es pas bien ? are you feeling OK?• il est bien, ce nouveau canapé the new sofa's nicee. ( = à l'aise) on est bien à l'ombre it's nice in the shade• laisse-le, il est bien où il est ! leave him alone - he's fine where he is!• vous voilà bien ! now you've done it!g. ( = en bons termes) être bien avec qn to get on well with sb3. <a. ( = ce qui est bon) good• c'est pour ton bien ! it's for your own good!4. <* * *bjɛ̃
1.
adjectif invariable1) ( convenable)ça fait bien d'aller à l'opéra — (colloq) it's the done thing to go to the opera
2) ( en bonne santé) wellt'es pas bien! — (colloq) you're out of your mind! (colloq)
3) ( à l'aise)nous voilà bien! — iron we' re in a fine mess!
4) (colloq) ( de qualité)
2.
1) ( correctement) gén well; [fonctionner] properly; [interpréter] correctlybien joué! — fig well done!
aller bien — [personne] to be well; [affaires] to go well
il travaille bien — ( élève) his work is good; ( artisan) he does a good job
il est bien remis — ( malade) he's made a good recovery
2) ( complètement) [arroser, décongeler, laver, mélanger, propre, cuit] thoroughly; [remplir, sécher, sec, fondu] completely; [lire, écouter, regarder] carefully3) ( agréablement) [présenté, situé] well; [s'habiller] well, smartly; [décoré, meublé] tastefully; [logé, installé, vivre] comfortablyaller bien à quelqu'un — [couleur, style] to suit somebody
4) ( hautement) [aimable, triste] very; [apprécier, craindre] very much; [simple, vrai, certain, évident] quitec'est bien joli tout ça, mais — that's all very well, but
bien mieux/moins/pire — much ou far better/less/worse
bien trop laid/tard — much too ugly/late
bien plus riche/cher — much ou far richer/more expensive
bien plus, il la vole! — not only that, he also takes her money
bien entendu or évidemment — naturally
5) ( volontiers)6) ( malgré tout)7) ( pour souligner)ça prouve/montre bien que — it just goes to prove/show that
je sais/crois bien que — I know/think that
on verra bien — well, we'll see
il le fait bien lui, pourquoi pas moi? — if he can do it, why can't I?
8) ( réellement) definitelyc'est bien lui/mon sac — it's definitely him/my bag, it's him/my bag all right (colloq)
il ne s'agit pas d'une erreur, mais bien de fraude — it's not a mistake, it's fraud
c'est bien ici qu'on vend les billets? — this is where you get tickets, isn't it?
c'est bien le moment! — iron great timing!
c'est bien le moment de partir! — iron what a time to leave!
9) ( au moins) at leastelle a bien 40 ans — she's at least 40, she's a good 40 years old
10) ( beaucoup)bien des fois — often, many a time
il s'est donné bien du mal — he's gone to a lot or a great deal of trouble
je te souhaite bien du plaisir! — iron I wish you joy!
3.
nom masculin1) ( avantage) goodgrand bien vous fasse! — iron much good may it do you!
parler en bien de quelqu'un — to speak favourably [BrE] of somebody
2) ( possession) possession
4.
5.
bien que locution conjonctive althoughPhrasal Verbs:••tout est bien qui finit bien — Proverbe all's well that ends well Proverbe
* * *bjɛ̃1. nm1) (= avantage)Ses vacances lui ont fait beaucoup de bien. — His holiday has done him a lot of good.
Jean m'a dit beaucoup de bien de toi. — Jean told me a lot of good things about you., Jean spoke very highly of you to me.
vouloir du bien à qn (= vouloir aider) — to have sb's best interests at heart
2) (= possession) possession, property, (= patrimoine) property3) (moral)2. biens nmpl3. adv1) (= de façon satisfaisante) wellElle travaille bien. — She works well.
aller bien; se porter bien — to be well
croyant bien faire, je... — thinking I was doing the right thing, I...
faire bien de... — to do well to...
Tu ferais bien de faire attention. — You'd do well to pay attention.
2) (concession)vouloir bien; Je veux bien le faire. — I'm quite willing to do it.
Il semble bien que... — It really seems that...
Paul est bien venu, n'est-ce pas? — Paul HAS come, hasn't he?
3) (valeur intensive) quiteJ'espère bien y aller. — I very much hope to go.
bien fait!; C'est bien fait pour toi! — It serves you right!
bien sûr!; bien entendu! — certainly!, of course!
4. exclright!, OK!, fine!5. adj inv1) (= en bonne forme)je me sens bien — I feel fine, I feel well
2) (= à l'aise)On est bien dans ce fauteuil. — This chair is very comfortable.
3) (= à son avantage)Tu es bien dans cette robe. — You look nice in that dress.
4) (= satisfaisant) goodCe restaurant est vraiment bien. — This restaurant is really good.
Elle est bien, cette maison. — It's a nice house.
Elle est bien, cette secrétaire. — She's a good secretary.
Ce n'est pas si bien que ça. — It's not as good as all that., It's not all that great.
5) (moralement)ce n'est pas bien de... — it's not right to...
Ce n'est pas bien de dire du mal des gens. — It's not right to say nasty things about people.
Elle est bien, cette femme. — She's a nice woman.
6) (= en bons termes)* * *A adj inv1 ( convenable) être bien dans un rôle to be good in a part; être bien de sa personne to be good-looking; il n'y a rien de bien ici there's nothing of interest here; voilà qui est bien that's good; ce n'est pas bien de mentir it's not nice to lie; ce serait bien si on pouvait nager it would be nice if we could swim; ça fait bien d'aller à l'opéra○ it's the done thing to go to the opera; les roses font bien sur la terrasse the roses look nice ou good on the terrace; tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well;2 ( en bonne santé) well; ne pas se sentir bien not to feel well; non, mais, t'es pas bien○! you're out of your mind○!;3 ( à l'aise) comfortable; je suis bien dans ces bottes these boots are comfortable; on est bien sur cette chaise! what a comfortable chair!; on est bien au soleil! isn't it nice in the sun!; je me trouve bien ici I like it here; suis mes conseils, tu t'en trouveras bien take my advice, it'll serve you in good stead; nous voilà bien! iron we're in a fine mess!;4 ○( de qualité) un quartier bien a nice district; des gens bien respectable people; un type bien a gentleman; un film bien a good film.B adv1 ( correctement) [équipé, fait, géré, s'exprimer, dormir, choisir, se souvenir, danser] well; [fonctionner] properly; [libeller, diagnostiquer, interpréter] correctly; bien payé well paid; bien joué! lit well played!; fig well done!; aller bien [personne] to be well; [affaires] to go well; ça s'est bien passé it went well; la voiture ne marche pas bien the car isn't running properly ou right; ni bien ni mal so-so; parler (très) bien le chinois to speak (very) good Chinese, to speak Chinese (very) well; il travaille bien ( élève) his work is good; ( artisan) he does a good job; un travail bien fait a good job; il est bien remis ( malade) he's made a good recovery; bien se tenir à table to have good table manners; bien employer son temps to make good use of one's time; j'ai cru bien faire I thought I was doing the right thing; il fait bien de partir he's right to leave; c'est bien fait pour elle! it serves her right!; tu ferais bien d'y aller it would be a good idea for you to go there; pour bien faire, il faudrait acheter une lampe the thing to do would be to buy a lamp; bien m'en a pris de refuser it's a good thing I refused;2 ( complètement) [arroser, décongeler, laver, mélanger, propre, cuit] thoroughly; [remplir, sécher, sec, fondu] completely; [lire, examiner, écouter, regarder] carefully; marche bien à droite keep well over to the right; mets-toi bien dans le coin/devant stand right in the corner/at the front; bien profiter d'une situation to exploit a situation to the full;3 ( agréablement) [présenté, situé] well; [s'habiller] well, smartly; [décoré, meublé] tastefully; [logé, installé, vivre] comfortably; femme bien faite shapely woman; aller bien ensemble to go well together; aller bien à qn [couleur, style] to suit sb; se mettre bien avec qn to get on good terms with sb; bien prendre une remarque to take a remark in good part;4 ( hautement) [aimable, triste] very; [apprécier, craindre] very much; [simple, vrai, certain, évident] quite; il s'est bien mal comporté he behaved very ou really badly; il y a bien longtemps de ça that was a very long time ago; c'est bien loin pour nous it's rather far for us; merci bien thank you very much; tu as bien raison you're quite ou absolutely right; c'est bien dommage it's a great ou real pity; bien rire/s'amuser/se reposer to have a good laugh/time/rest; tu as l'air bien pensif you're looking very pensive; c'est bien promis? is that a promise?; c'est bien compris? is that clear?; bien au contraire on the contrary; c'est bien beau ou joli tout ça, mais that's all very well, but; bien mieux/ moins/pire much ou far better/less/worse; bien trop laid/tard much too ugly/late; bien plus riche/cher much ou far richer/more expensive; bien plus, il la vole! not only that, he also takes her money; bien sûr of course; bien entendu or évidemment naturally; bien souvent quite often;5 ( volontiers) j'irais bien à Bali I wouldn't mind going to Bali; j'en prendrais bien un autre I wouldn't mind another; je veux bien t'aider I don't mind helping you; j'aimerais bien essayer I would love to try; je te dirais bien de rester/venir, mais I would ask you to stay/come but; je verrais bien un arbre sur la pelouse I think a tree would look nice on the lawn; je le vois bien habiter à Paris I can just imagine him living in Paris;6 ( malgré tout) il faut bien le faire/que ça finisse it has to be done/to come to an end; il faudra bien s'y habituer we'll just have to get used to it; elle sera bien obligée de payer she'll just have to pay; tu aurais bien pu me le dire you could at least have told me; il finira bien par se calmer he'll calm down eventually;7 ( pour souligner) ça prouve/montre bien que it just goes to prove/show that; j'espère bien que I do hope that; je vois/comprends bien I do see/understand; je sais/crois bien que I know/think that; insiste bien make sure you insist; dis-le lui bien make sure you tell him/her; on verra bien well, we'll see; sache bien que je n'accepterai jamais let me tell you that I will never accept; crois bien que je n'hésiterais pas! you can be sure ou I can assure you that I would not hesitate!; je m'en doutais bien! I thought as much!; je t'avais bien dit de ne pas le manger! I told you not to eat it!; il le fait bien lui, pourquoi pas moi? if he can do it, why can't I?; veux-tu bien faire ce que je te dis! will you do as I tell you!; tu peux très bien le faire toi-même you can easily do it yourself; il se pourrait bien qu'il pleuve it might well rain; que peut-il bien faire à Paris? what on earth can he be doing in Paris?;8 ( réellement) definitely; c'est bien lui/mon sac it's definitely him/my bag, it's him/my bag all right○; j'ai vérifié: il est bien parti I checked, he's definitely gone ou he's gone all right○; c'est bien ce qu'il a dit/vu that's definitely ou exactly what he said/saw; et c'est bien lui qui conduisait? and it was definitely him driving?; il ne s'agit pas d'une erreur, mais bien de fraude it's not a mistake, it's fraud; c'est bien mardi aujourd'hui? today is Tuesday, isn't it?; c'est bien ici qu'on vend les billets? this is where you get tickets, isn't it?; tu as bien pris les clés? are you sure you've got the keys?; est-ce bien nécessaire? is it really necessary?; s'agit-il bien d'un suicide? was it really suicide?; c'est bien de lui! it's just like him!; voilà bien la politique! that's politics for you!; c'est bien le moment! iron great timing!; c'est bien le moment de partir! iron what a time to leave!;9 ( au moins) at least; elle a bien 40 ans she's at least 40, she's a good 40 years old; ça pèse bien dix kilos it weighs at least ten kilos, it weighs a good ten kilos; ça vaut bien le double it's worth at least twice as much;10 ( beaucoup) c'était il y a bien des années that was a good many years ago; bien des fois often, many a time; bien des gens lots of people; il s'est donné bien du mal he's gone to a lot or a great deal of trouble; il s'en faut bien! far from it!; mon fils me donne bien du souci my son is a great worry to me; avoir bien de la chance to be very lucky; je te souhaite bien du plaisir! iron I wish you joy!C nm1 ( avantage) good; pour le bien du pays for the good of the country; pour le bien de tous for the general good; c'est pour ton bien it's for your own good; ce serait un bien it would be a good thing; sacrifier son propre bien à celui d'autrui to put others first; le bien et le mal good and evil; faire le bien to do good; il a fait beaucoup de bien autour de lui he has done a lot of good; ça fait du bien aux enfants/plantes it's good for the children /plants; ça fait/ça leur fait du bien it does you/them good; mon repos m'a fait le plus grand bien my rest did me a world of good; grand bien vous fasse! iron much good may it do you!; vouloir le bien de qn to have sb's best interests at heart; vouloir du bien à qn to wish sb well; ‘un ami qui vous veut du bien’ ( dans une lettre anonyme) ‘from a well-wisher’, ‘one who has your best interests at heart’; dire du bien de qn to speak well of sb; on dit le plus grand bien du maire/musée people speak very highly of the mayor/museum; on a dit le plus grand bien de toi a lot of nice things were said about you; parler en bien de qn to speak favourablyGB of sb; ⇒ ennemi, honneur;2 ( possession) possession; (maison, terres) property; ( domaine) bien(s) estate; ( ensemble des possessions) bien(s) property ¢; ( patrimoine) bien(s) fortune; ( avoirs) biens assets; perdre tous ses bien s dans un incendie to lose all one's possessions in a fire; ce livre est mon bien le plus précieux this book is my most precious possession; les biens de ce monde material possessions; un petit bien en Corse a small property in Corsica; hériter des biens paternels to inherit one's father's property ou estate; dilapider son bien to squander one's fortune; avoir du bien (maisons, terres) to own property; ( argent) to be wealthy; des biens considérables substantial assets; la santé/liberté est le plus précieux des biens you can't put a price on good health/freedom; ⇒ abondance, acquis.D excl1 ( approbatif) bien! voyons le reste good! let's see the rest;E bien que loc conj although, though; bien qu'il le sache although he knows; bien qu'elle vive maintenant en Floride, je la vois régulièrement although she lives in Florida, I see her regularly; il est venu travailler bien qu'il soit grippé he came in to work, although he had flu; bien que très différentes en apparence, les deux œuvres ont des points communs although very different in appearance, the two works have common features; il joue un rôle important bien que discret he plays an important role, albeit a discreet one; ⇒ aussi, ou, si.biens de consommation consumer goods; biens durables consumer durables; biens d'équipement capital goods; biens d'équipement ménager household goods; biens fonciers land ¢; biens immeubles immovables; biens immeubles par destination fixtures; biens immobiliers real estate ¢; biens mobiliers personal property ¢; biens personnels private property ¢; biens propres separate estate (sg); détenir qch en bien s propres to hold sth as separate estate; biens publics public property ¢; biens sociaux corporate assets.[bjɛ̃] adverbe1. [de façon satisfaisante] wellla vis tient bien the screw is secure ou is in tighta. [à la rambarde] hold on tight!b. [sur la chaise] sit properly!c. [à table] behave yourself!2. [du point de vue de la santé]aller ou se porter bien to feel well ou finebien agir envers quelqu'un to do the proper ou right ou correct thing by somebodytu as bien fait you did the right thing, you did righttu fais bien de me le rappeler thank you for reminding me, it's a good thing you reminded me (of it)pour bien faire, nous devrions partir avant 9 h ideally, we should leave before 95. [avec soin]fais bien ce que l'on te dit do exactly ou just as you're toldc'est bien agréable it's really ou very nicetu es bien sûr? are you quite certain ou sure?bien avant/après well before/afterbien trop tôt far ou much too early7. (suivi d'un verbe) [beaucoup]on a bien ri we had a good laugh, we laughed a lot8. [véritablement]j'ai bien cru que... I really thought that...sans bien se rendre compte de ce qu'il faisait without being fully aware of ou without fully realizing what he was doing9. [pour renforcer, insister]ce n'est pas lui, mais bien son associé que j'ai eu au téléphone it wasn't him, but rather his partner I spoke to on the phonec'est bien ça that's it ou rightc'est bien ce que je disais/pensais that's just what I was saying/thinkingje vais me plaindre — je comprends ou pense bien! I'm going to complain — I should think so too!il ne m'aidera pas, tu penses bien! he won't help me, you can be sure of that!c'est bien de lui, ça! that's typical of him!, that's just like him!10. [volontiers]je te dirais bien quelque chose, mais je suis poli I could say something rude but I won'tje boirais bien quelque chose I could do with ou I wouldn't mind a drink11. [au moins] at least12. [exprimant la supposition, l'éventualité]13. [pourtant]14. [suivi d'un nom]bien de, bien des quite a lot ofelle a bien du courage! isn't she brave!, she's got a great deal of courage!bien des fois... more than once...bien des gens lots of ou quite a lot of ou quite a few people15. [dans la correspondance]————————[bjɛ̃] adjectif invariable1. [qui donne satisfaction] goodc'est bien de s'amuser mais il faut aussi travailler it's all right to have fun but you have to work tooje recule? — non, vous êtes bien là (familier) shall I move back? — no, you're all right ou OK ou fine like thatqu'est-ce qu'il est bien dans son dernier film! (familier) he's great ou really good in his new film!a. [cela te sied] you look very nice in a skirtb. [c'est acceptable pour l'occasion] a skirt is perfectly all rightc'est bien [conduite, action]: ce serait bien de lui envoyer un peu d'argent it'd be a good idea to send her some moneyce n'est pas bien de tirer la langue it's naughty ou it's not nice to stick out your tongue4. [en forme] wellb. [mentalement] are you crazy?me/te/nous voilà bien! NOW I'm/you're/we're in a fine mess!5. [à l'aise]6. [en bons termes]se mettre bien avec quelqu'un to get in with somebody, to get into somebody's good books————————[bjɛ̃] nom masculin1. PHILOSOPHIE & RELIGION2. [ce qui est agréable, avantageux]le bien commun ou général the common goodc'est pour le bien de tous/de l'entreprise it's for the common good/the good of the firmdire/penser du bien de to speak/to think well offaire du bien ou le plus grand bien à quelqu'un [médicament, repos] to do somebody good, to benefit somebodyla séparation leur fera le plus grand bien being apart will do them a lot ou a world of goodcette décision a été un bien pour tout le monde the decision was a good thing for all ou everyone concerned[argent] fortunetous mes biens all my worldly goods, all I'm worth5. DROIT & ÉCONOMIEbiens d'équipement capital equipment ou goodsbiens privés/publics private/public property————————[bjɛ̃] interjection2. [marquant l'approbation]je n'irai pas! — bien, n'en parlons plus! I won't go! — very well ou all right (then), let's drop the subject!bien, bien, on y va all right, all right ou OK, OK, let's gobien entendu locution adverbialebien entendu que locution conjonctive————————bien que locution conjonctivebien que malade, il a tenu à y aller although he was ill, he insisted on going————————bien sûr locution adverbiale————————bien sûr que locution conjonctive -
25 do
du:
1. 3rd person singular present tense - does; verb1) (used with a more important verb in questions and negative statements: Do you smoke?) 02) (used with a more important verb for emphasis; ; ðo sit down) 03) (used to avoid repeating a verb which comes immediately before: I thought she wouldn't come, but she did.) 04) (used with a more important verb after seldom, rarely and little: Little did he know what was in store for him.) 05) (to carry out or perform: What shall I do?; That was a terrible thing to do.) hacer6) (to manage to finish or complete: When you've done that, you can start on this; We did a hundred kilometres in an hour.) hacer7) (to perform an activity concerning something: to do the washing; to do the garden / the windows.) hacer8) (to be enough or suitable for a purpose: Will this piece of fish do two of us?; That'll do nicely; Do you want me to look for a blue one or will a pink one do?; Will next Saturday do for our next meeting?) servir, ir bien, ser suficiente9) (to work at or study: She's doing sums; He's at university doing science.) hacer, dedicarse, estudiar10) (to manage or prosper: How's your wife doing?; My son is doing well at school.) ir11) (to put in order or arrange: She's doing her hair.) arreglar12) (to act or behave: Why don't you do as we do?) hacer, comportarse, actuar13) (to give or show: The whole town gathered to do him honour.) hacer14) (to cause: What damage did the storm do?; It won't do him any harm.) causar, hacer15) (to see everything and visit everything in: They tried to do London in four days.) visitar
2. noun(an affair or a festivity, especially a party: The school is having a do for Christmas.) fiesta, evento- doer- doings
- done
- do-it-yourself
- to-do
- I
- he could be doing with / could do with
- do away with
- do for
- done for
- done in
- do out
- do out of
- do's and don'ts
- do without
- to do with
- what are you doing with
do vb hacerwhat are you doing? ¿qué haces?do as you are told! ¡haz lo que se te dice!how do you do? ¿cómo está usted?Con este saludo, la respuesta típica es también how do you do?to do you good sentarte bien / irte biento do well ir bien / tener éxitowhat do you do? ¿a qué te dedicas? / ¿cuál es tu trabajo?do también se emplea para formular las preguntas en presentedo you like dancing? ¿te gusta bailar?do elephants live in Asia? ¿viven los elefantes en Asia?
Multiple Entries: D.O. do do.
do sustantivo masculino ( nota) C; ( en solfeo) do, doh (BrE);
do sustantivo masculino Mús (de solfeo) doh, do (de escala diatónica) C
do bemol, C-flat
do de pecho, high C
do sostenido, C-sharp Locuciones: dar el do de pecho, to do one's very best 'do' also found in these entries: Spanish: abrochar - acomodada - acomodado - acompañar - anda - animarse - apetecer - apostarse - aprender - arte - así - atañer - atonía - atreverse - bajeza - bastar - bastante - bastarse - bien - bola - bordar - brazo - bricolaje - broma - caballo - cacharro - cada - calaña - campar - capaz - cara - cargar - cascabel - casual - cepillarse - cerrar - colada - coletilla - comer - comandita - comecome - como - componer - componenda - compromiso - común - con - contentarse - contrapelo - corpachón English: about-face - about-turn - actually - advance - again - agree - aim to - all - all-out - allow - any - approachable - approve of - as - ask - aspect - associate - attempt - attribute - authorize - bankrupt - begin - best - born - bunk - burden - business - busywork - by - C - call - can - carry-on - cast - cease - cheap - chief - choose - cleaning - clear - come through - command - commit - compel - compelling - complaint - compute - conception - condescend - conditiondotr[dʊː]■ do you smoke? ¿fumas?■ do you know Susan? ¿conoces a Susan?■ what do they want? ¿qué quieren?■ where does Neil live? ¿dónde vive Neil?■ what film did you see? ¿qué película viste?■ when did they leave? ¿cuándo se fueron?■ do come with us! ¡ánimo, vente con nosotros!■ I did post it, I swear! ¡sí que lo mandé, te lo juro!■ do you like basketball? - yes, I do ¿te gusta el baloncesto? - sí, me gusta■ did you see the film? - no, I didn't ¿viste la película? - no, no la vi■ who wears glasses? - Brian does ¿quién lleva gafas? - Brian■ who broke the vase? - I did ¿quién rompió el florero? - yo■ you don't smoke, do you? no fumas, ¿verdad?■ you like fish, don't you? a ti te gusta el pescado, ¿verdad?■ she lives in Madrid, doesn't she? vive en Madrid, ¿verdad?■ you went to their wedding, didn't you? tú fuiste a su boda, ¿verdad?■ they didn't believe you, did they? no te creyeron, ¿verdad?1 (gen) hacer■ what are you doing here? ¿qué haces aquí?■ what are you doing this weekend? ¿qué vas a hacer este fin de semana?■ whatever you do, don't drink alcohol hagas lo que hagas, no bebas alcohol■ what can I do about it? ¿qué quieres que haga yo?2 (as job) hacer, dedicarse■ what do you do (for a living)? ¿a qué te dedicas?■ what does he want to do when he leaves university? ¿a qué quiere dedicarse cuando deje la universidad?3 (carry out - job, task) hacer, realizar, llevar a cabo; (- duty) cumplir con■ I've got to do the cooking/cleaning tengo que cocinar/limpiar■ have you done your homework? ¿has hecho los deberes?4 (study) estudiar■ do you do biology at school? ¿estudias biología en el instituto?5 (solve - puzzle) solucionar; (- crossword, sum) hacer6 (produce, make - meal) preparar, hacer; (drawing, painting, translation, etc) hacer; (offer - service) servir, tener, hacer; (- discount) hacer■ does this pub do food? ¿sirven comidas en este pub?7 (attend to) atender, servir■ what can I do for you? ¿en qué le puedo servir?8 (put on, produce - play, opera, etc) presentar, dar, poner en escena; (play the part of) hacer el papel de9 (finish, complete) terminar■ have you done moaning? ¿has terminado de protestar?10 (achieve) lograr, conseguir■ he's done it! ¡lo ha conseguido!11 (travel over - distance) recorrer, hacer; (complete - journey) hacer, ir; (travel at - speed) ir a■ we did London to Nottingham in two and a half hours fuimos de Londres a Nottingham en dos horas y media12 (be sufficient for) ser suficiente; (be satisfactory for, acceptable to) ir bien a■ will 6 glasses do you? ¿será suficiente con seis vasos?■ yes, that will do me nicely sí, eso me irá perfectamente13 familiar (cheat, swindle) estafar, timar; (rob) robar; (arrest, convict) coger; (fine) encajar una multa; (serve time in prison) cumplir■ you've been done! ¡te han timado!1 (act, behave) hacer2 (progress) ir■ how are you doing? ¿qué tal vas?, ¿cómo te van las cosas?■ how are we doing for time? ¿cómo andamos de tiempo?3 (complete, finish) terminar■ have you done with the hairdryer? ¿has terminado con el secador?4 (be sufficient) bastar, ser suficiente, alcanzar■ will one slice do for you? ¿tendrás suficiente con una rebanada?■ that'll do! ¡basta!5 (be satisfactory, suitable) servir, estar bien■ well, I suppose it'll have to do bueno, supongo que tendrá que servir■ it (just/simply) won't do no puede ser■ this cushion will do as/for a pillow este cojín servirá de almohada\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLthat does it! ¡esto ya es la gota que colma el vaso!, ¡ya está bien!to be/have to do with somebody/something tener que ver con alguien/algoto do business with somebody negociar con alguiento do drugs drogarse, consumir drogasto do one's best hacer lo mejor posibleto do one's hair peinarseto do one's military service hacer el servicio militarto do one's nails arreglarse las uñasto do something again volver a hacer algoto do something for somebody (help) hacer algo por alguien 2 (flatter, suit) favorecer a alguien, quedarle bien a alguien 3 (please) atraer a alguien, decirle algo a alguienwhat's done is done a lo hecho, pechoyou've done it now ahora sí que la has hecho buena1) carry out, perform: hacer, realizar, llevar a caboshe did her best: hizo todo lo posible2) prepare: preparar, hacerdo your homework: haz tu tarea3) arrange: arreglar, peinar (el pelo)4)to do in ruin: estropear, arruinar5)to do in kill: matar, liquidar famdo vi1) : haceryou did well: hiciste bien2) fare: estar, ir, andarhow are you doing?: ¿cómo estás?, ¿cómo te va?3) finish: terminarnow I'm done: ya terminé4) serve: servir, ser suficiente, alcanzarthis will do for now: esto servirá por el momento5)to do away with abolish: abolir, suprimir6)to do away with kill: eliminar, matar7)to do by treat: tratarhe does well by her: él la trata biendo v auxdo you know her?: ¿la conoces?I don't like that: a mí no me gusta esoI do hope you'll come: espero que vengasdo you speak English? yes, I do: ¿habla inglés? síexpr.• cargarse v.• eliminar v.• liquidar v.expr.• buscarle tres pies al gato expr.• encontrarle defectos a todo expr.v.(§ p.,p.p.: did, done) = arreglar v.• desempeñar v.• ejecutar v.• hacer v.(§pres: hago, haces...) pret: hic-pp: hechofut/c: har-•)• obrar v.• resolver v.
I
1. duː, weak form dʊ, də1) hacer*are you doing anything this evening? — ¿vas a hacer algo esta noche?
to have something/nothing to do — tener* algo/no tener* nada que hacer
can I do anything to help? — ¿puedo ayudar en algo?
what have you done to your hair? — ¿qué te has hecho en el pelo?
I don't know what I'm going to do with you! — no sé qué voy a hacer contigo!; see also do with
2) ( carry out) \<\<job/task\>\> hacer*to do one's homework — hacer* los deberes
3) ( as job)what do you do? — ¿usted qué hace or a qué se dedica?
what does he do for a living? — ¿en qué trabaja?
4) (achieve, bring about)she's done it: it's a new world record — lo ha logrado: es una nueva marca mundial
he's late again: that does it! — vuelve a llegar tarde esto ya es la gota que colma el vaso!
to do something for somebody/something: that mustache really does something for him la verdad es que le queda muy bien el bigote; what has EC membership done for Greece? — ¿en qué ha beneficiado a Grecia ser miembro de la CE?
5)a) (fix, arrange, repair)b) ( clean) \<\<dishes\>\> lavar; \<\<brass/windows\>\> limpiar6) (make, produce)a) \<\<meal\>\> preparar, hacer*would you do the carrots? — ¿me preparas (or pelas etc) las zanahorias?
b) \<\<drawinganslation\>\> hacer*7) (BrE) ( offer)they do a set meal for £12 — tienen un menú de 12 libras
8) (suffice for, suit)two shirts will do me — con dos camisas me alcanza or tengo suficiente
9) ( travel)the car has only done 4,000 miles — el coche sólo tiene 4.000 millas
10)a) ( study) estudiarb) ( visit) (colloq) \<\<sights/museum\>\> visitar11) ( Theat)a) ( play role of) hacer* el papel deb) ( take part in) \<\<play\>\> actuar* enc) ( impersonate) imitar12) (colloq) ( serve in prison) cumplir13) (BrE colloq)a) (catch, prosecute) agarrarb) ( cheat) estafar, timarI've been done! — me han estafado or timado!
14) ( use) (sl)to do drugs — drogarse*, consumir drogas
15) (colloq) ( finish) terminarare o (esp BrE) have you done complaining? — ¿has terminado de quejarte?
2.
vi1) (act, behave) hacer*2) (get along, manage)how are you doing? — ¿qué tal estás or andas or te va?
how do you do? — ( as greeting) mucho gusto, encantado
how do? — (colloq & dial) ¿qué tal?
how are we doing for time/cash? — ¿cómo or qué tal vamos or andamos de tiempo/dinero?
she did well/badly in her exams — le fue bien/mal en los exámenes
to do well/badly out of something — salir* bien/mal parado de algo
3) (go on, happen) (colloq) (in -ing form)nothing doing! — ni hablar!, ni lo sueñes!
4)a) (be suitable, acceptable)look, this won't do! — mira, esto no puede ser!
it's not ideal, but it'll do — no es lo ideal, pero sirve
I'm not going to cook, bread and cheese will do for them! — no pienso cocinar, se tendrán que conformar con pan y queso
b)to do for o as something: this box will do for o as a table — esta caja nos servirá de mesa
5) ( be enough) ser* suficiente, alcanzar*, bastarone bottle will do — con una botella basta or es suficiente
6) ( finish) (in past p) terminarI'm not o (BrE) I haven't done yet! — no he terminado todavía
7)
3.
1) Sense Iv aux [El verbo auxiliar do se usa para formar el negativo (I 1) y el interrogativo (I 2), para agregar énfasis (I 3) o para sustituir a un verbo usado anteriormente (II)]2)a) (used to form negative)I do not o don't know — no sé
I did not o didn't see her — no la vi
b) (with inversion after negative adv)3)a)Ex:does this belong to you? — ¿esto es tuyo?did I frighten you? — ¿te asusté?/Ex:b)Ex:boy, do you need a bath! — Dios mío! qué falta te hace un baño!/Ex:4)a)( emphasizing)Ex:you must admit, she did look ill — tienes que reconocer que tenía mala carado be quiet! — ¿te quieres callar?/Ex:b)Ex:I haven't decided, but if I do accept... — todavía no lo he decidido, pero si aceptara.../Ex:not only does it cost more, it also... — no sólo cuesta más, sino que también...
c) ( in legal formulae)5)Ex:do you live here? - yes, I do/no, I don't — ¿vives aquí? - sí/noshe wanted to come, but he didn't — ella quería venir, pero él noshe found it in your drawer - oh, did she? — lo encontró en tu cajón - ¿ah, sí?I don't need a haircut - yes, you do! — no necesito cortarme el pelo - cómo que no!she says she understands, but she doesn't — dice que comprende, pero no es así/Ex:6)Ex:you know Bob, don't you? — conoces a Bob, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?I told you, didn't I? — te lo dije ¿no? or ¿no es cierto?/Ex:I, Charles Brown, do solemnly swear that... — yo, Charles Brown, juro solemnemente que...
•Phrasal Verbs:- do down- do for- do in- do out- do over- do up- do with
II duː1) c (party, gathering) (colloq) fiesta f, reunión f2) ( state of affairs) (colloq) (no pl)fair dos — (BrE colloq)
fair dos all round — a partes iguales para todos; (as interj) seamos justos!
3)do's and don'ts — ( rules) normas fpl
III dəʊ
I [duː] ( 3rd pers sing present does) (pt did) (pp done)1. TRANSITIVE VERB1) hacerwhat are you doing tonight? — ¿qué haces esta noche?
what's this doing on my chair? — ¿qué hace esto en mi silla?
what's to be done? — ¿qué se puede hacer?
what's the weather doing? — ¿qué tal tiempo hace?
•
to do sth again — volver a hacer algo, hacer algo de nuevoit will have to be done again — habrá que volver a hacerlo, habrá que hacerlo de nuevo
•
what's he ever done for me? — ¿qué ha hecho él por mí?what can I do for you? — ¿en qué puedo servirle?, ¿qué se le ofrece? (LAm)
could you do something for me? — ¿me podrías hacer un favor?
what are we going to do for money? — ¿de dónde vamos a sacar dinero?
the new measures will do a lot for small businesses — las nuevas medidas serán de gran ayuda para las pequeñas empresas
after the accident she couldn't do much for herself — después del accidente casi no podía valerse por sí misma
•
if you do anything to him I'll kill you — si le haces algo te matowhat's he done to his hair? — ¿qué se ha hecho en el pelo?
•
what have you done with my slippers? — ¿dónde has puesto mis zapatillas?what am I going to do with you? — ¿qué voy a hacer contigo?
what are you doing with yourself these days? — ¿qué haces ahora?
what am I going to do with myself for the rest of the day? — ¿qué puedo hacer el resto del día?
living 2., 1)she didn't know what to do with herself once the children had left home — se encontró un poco perdida cuando sus hijos se fueron de casa
2) (=carry out) [+ work, essay] hacerSome [do] + noun combinations require a more specific Spanish verb:•
he did a drawing/ portrait of her — la dibujó/retrató, hizo un dibujo/retrato de ella•
to do one's duty (by sb) — cumplir con su deber (con algn)3) (=clean)4) (=arrange, prepare) [+ vegetables] preparar; [+ room] hacer, arreglarhair 1., 1)this room needs doing — hay que hacer or arreglar esta habitación
5) (=spend) pasar6) (=finish)now you've (gone and) done it! * — ¡ahora sí que la has hecho buena! *
that's done it! * we're stuck now — ¡la hemos fastidiado! * ahora no podemos salir de aquí
that does it! * that's the last time I lend him my car — ¡es el colmo! or ¡hasta aquí hemos llegado!, es la última vez que le dejo el coche
good 2., 2)have you done moaning? * — ¿has acabado de quejarte?
7) (=offer, make available)8) (=study) [+ university course, option] hacer, estudiarI want to do Physics at university — quiero hacer or estudiar física en la universidad
to do Italian — hacer or estudiar italiano
9) (Theat) [+ play] representar, poner; [+ part] hacer10) (=mimic) [+ person] imitar11) (Aut, Rail etc) (=travel at) [+ speed] ir a; (=cover) [+ distance] cubrir12) (=attend to)proud13) * (=visit) [+ city, museum] visitar, recorrer; [+ country] visitar, viajar por14) * (=be suitable, sufficient for)will a kilo do you? — ¿le va bien un kilo?
that'll do me nicely — (=be suitable) eso me vendrá muy bien; (=suffice) con eso me basta
15) * (=cheat) estafar, timar; (=rob) robarI've been done! — ¡me han estafado or timado!
16) * (=prosecute) procesar; (=fine) multar17) * (=beat up) dar una paliza aI'll do you if I get hold of you! — ¡te voy a dar una paliza como te pille!
2. INTRANSITIVE VERB1) (=act) hacer•
you would do better to accept — sería aconsejable que aceptaras•
do as you think best — haga lo que mejor le parezca•
do as you are told! — ¡haz lo que te digo!•
she was up and doing at 6 o'clock — a las 6 de la mañana ya estaba levantada y trajinando•
you would do well to take his advice — harías bien en seguir su consejowell I, 1., 1)•
you could do a lot worse than marry her — casarte con ella no es lo peor que podrías hacer2) (=get on)•
he did badly in the exam — le fue mal en el examen•
you can do better than that — (essay, drawing) puedes hacerlo mejor; iro (=find better excuse) ¡y qué más!•
how is your father doing? — ¿cómo está tu padre?, ¿cómo le va a tu padre?how are you doing? * — ¿qué tal?, ¿cómo te va?
how did you do in the audition? — ¿qué tal or cómo te fue en la audición?
how do you do? (greeting) ¿cómo está usted?, gusto en conocerlo (LAm); (as answer) ¡mucho gusto!, ¡encantado!•
he's doing well at school — le va bien en el colegio3) (=be suitable)•
it doesn't do to upset her — cuidado con ofenderla•
will this one do? — ¿te parece bien este?will it do if I come back at eight? — ¿va bien si vuelvo a las ocho?
will tomorrow do? — ¿iría bien mañana?
it's not exactly what I wanted, but it will or it'll do — no es exactamente lo que quería pero servirá
•
that won't do, you'll have to do it again — así no está bien, tendrás que volver a hacerlomake 1., 4)•
you can't go on your own, that would never do! — no podemos consentir que vayas sola, ¡eso no puede ser!4) (=be sufficient) bastar•
three bottles of wine should do — bastará con tres botellas de vino•
will £20 do? — ¿bastarán 20 libras?, ¿tendrás bastante con 20 libras?that will do! — ¡basta ya!
5) (=happen)"could you lend me £50?" - "nothing doing!" — -¿me podrías prestar 50 libras? -¡de ninguna manera! or -¡ni hablar!
have you done? — ¿ya has terminado or acabado?
don't take it away, I've not done yet — no te lo lleves, ¡aún no he terminado or acabado!
I haven't done telling you — ¡no he terminado de contarte!
•
I've done with travelling — ya no voy a viajar más, he renunciado a los viajesI've done with all that nonsense — ya no tengo nada que ver or ya he terminado con todas esas tonterías
have you done with that book? — ¿has terminado con este libro?
7) * (=clean) hacer la limpieza (en casa)3. AUXILIARY VERBThere is no equivalent in Spanish to the use of in questions, negative statements and negative commands.do you understand? — ¿comprendes?, ¿entiendes?
where does he live? — ¿dónde vive?
didn't you like it? — ¿no te gustó?
why didn't you come? — ¿por qué no viniste?
2) (negation)I don't understand — no entiendo or comprendo
don't worry! — ¡no te preocupes!
don't you tell me what to do! — ¡no me digas lo que tengo que hacer!
do tell me! — ¡dímelo, por favor!
do sit down — siéntese, por favor, tome asiento, por favor frm
I do wish I could come with you — ¡ojalá pudiera ir contigo!
but I do like it! — ¡sí que me gusta!, ¡por supuesto que me gusta!
so you do know him! — ¡así que sí lo conoces!
rarely does it happen that... — rara vez ocurre que...
a)"did you fix the car?" - "I did" — -¿arreglaste el coche? -sí
"I love it" - "so do I" — -me encanta -a mí también
"he borrowed the car" - "oh he did, did he?" — -pidió el coche prestado -¿ah sí? ¡no me digas!
I like this colour, don't you? — me gusta este color, ¿a ti no?
"do you speak English?" - "yes, I do/no I don't" — -¿habla usted inglés? -sí, hablo inglés/no, no hablo inglés
"may I come in?" - "(please) do!" — -¿se puede pasar? -¡pasa (por favor)!
"who made this mess?" - "I did" — -¿quién lo ha desordenado todo? -fui yo
"shall I ring her again?" - "no, don't!" — -¿la llamo otra vez? -¡no, no la llames!
he lives here, doesn't he? — vive aquí, ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto? or ¿no?
I don't know him, do I? — no lo conozco, ¿verdad?
it doesn't matter, does it? — no importa, ¿no?
she said that, did she? — ¿eso es lo que dijo?
4. NOUN1) (Brit) * (=party) fiesta f ; (=formal gathering) reunión fthey had a big do for their twenty-fifth anniversary — dieron una gran fiesta por su vigésimo quinto aniversario
2) (in phrases)•
the do's and don'ts of buying a house — lo que debe y lo que no debe hacerse al comprar una casa•
it's a poor do when... — es una vergüenza cuando...- do by- do down- do for- do in- do out- do over- do up- do with
II
[dǝʊ]N (Mus) do m* * *
I
1. [duː], weak form [dʊ, də]1) hacer*are you doing anything this evening? — ¿vas a hacer algo esta noche?
to have something/nothing to do — tener* algo/no tener* nada que hacer
can I do anything to help? — ¿puedo ayudar en algo?
what have you done to your hair? — ¿qué te has hecho en el pelo?
I don't know what I'm going to do with you! — no sé qué voy a hacer contigo!; see also do with
2) ( carry out) \<\<job/task\>\> hacer*to do one's homework — hacer* los deberes
3) ( as job)what do you do? — ¿usted qué hace or a qué se dedica?
what does he do for a living? — ¿en qué trabaja?
4) (achieve, bring about)she's done it: it's a new world record — lo ha logrado: es una nueva marca mundial
he's late again: that does it! — vuelve a llegar tarde esto ya es la gota que colma el vaso!
to do something for somebody/something: that mustache really does something for him la verdad es que le queda muy bien el bigote; what has EC membership done for Greece? — ¿en qué ha beneficiado a Grecia ser miembro de la CE?
5)a) (fix, arrange, repair)b) ( clean) \<\<dishes\>\> lavar; \<\<brass/windows\>\> limpiar6) (make, produce)a) \<\<meal\>\> preparar, hacer*would you do the carrots? — ¿me preparas (or pelas etc) las zanahorias?
b) \<\<drawing/translation\>\> hacer*7) (BrE) ( offer)they do a set meal for £12 — tienen un menú de 12 libras
8) (suffice for, suit)two shirts will do me — con dos camisas me alcanza or tengo suficiente
9) ( travel)the car has only done 4,000 miles — el coche sólo tiene 4.000 millas
10)a) ( study) estudiarb) ( visit) (colloq) \<\<sights/museum\>\> visitar11) ( Theat)a) ( play role of) hacer* el papel deb) ( take part in) \<\<play\>\> actuar* enc) ( impersonate) imitar12) (colloq) ( serve in prison) cumplir13) (BrE colloq)a) (catch, prosecute) agarrarb) ( cheat) estafar, timarI've been done! — me han estafado or timado!
14) ( use) (sl)to do drugs — drogarse*, consumir drogas
15) (colloq) ( finish) terminarare o (esp BrE) have you done complaining? — ¿has terminado de quejarte?
2.
vi1) (act, behave) hacer*2) (get along, manage)how are you doing? — ¿qué tal estás or andas or te va?
how do you do? — ( as greeting) mucho gusto, encantado
how do? — (colloq & dial) ¿qué tal?
how are we doing for time/cash? — ¿cómo or qué tal vamos or andamos de tiempo/dinero?
she did well/badly in her exams — le fue bien/mal en los exámenes
to do well/badly out of something — salir* bien/mal parado de algo
3) (go on, happen) (colloq) (in -ing form)nothing doing! — ni hablar!, ni lo sueñes!
4)a) (be suitable, acceptable)look, this won't do! — mira, esto no puede ser!
it's not ideal, but it'll do — no es lo ideal, pero sirve
I'm not going to cook, bread and cheese will do for them! — no pienso cocinar, se tendrán que conformar con pan y queso
b)to do for o as something: this box will do for o as a table — esta caja nos servirá de mesa
5) ( be enough) ser* suficiente, alcanzar*, bastarone bottle will do — con una botella basta or es suficiente
6) ( finish) (in past p) terminarI'm not o (BrE) I haven't done yet! — no he terminado todavía
7)
3.
1) Sense Iv aux [El verbo auxiliar do se usa para formar el negativo (I 1) y el interrogativo (I 2), para agregar énfasis (I 3) o para sustituir a un verbo usado anteriormente (II)]2)a) (used to form negative)I do not o don't know — no sé
I did not o didn't see her — no la vi
b) (with inversion after negative adv)3)a)Ex:does this belong to you? — ¿esto es tuyo?did I frighten you? — ¿te asusté?/Ex:b)Ex:boy, do you need a bath! — Dios mío! qué falta te hace un baño!/Ex:4)a)( emphasizing)Ex:you must admit, she did look ill — tienes que reconocer que tenía mala carado be quiet! — ¿te quieres callar?/Ex:b)Ex:I haven't decided, but if I do accept... — todavía no lo he decidido, pero si aceptara.../Ex:not only does it cost more, it also... — no sólo cuesta más, sino que también...
c) ( in legal formulae)5)Ex:do you live here? - yes, I do/no, I don't — ¿vives aquí? - sí/noshe wanted to come, but he didn't — ella quería venir, pero él noshe found it in your drawer - oh, did she? — lo encontró en tu cajón - ¿ah, sí?I don't need a haircut - yes, you do! — no necesito cortarme el pelo - cómo que no!she says she understands, but she doesn't — dice que comprende, pero no es así/Ex:6)Ex:you know Bob, don't you? — conoces a Bob, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?I told you, didn't I? — te lo dije ¿no? or ¿no es cierto?/Ex:I, Charles Brown, do solemnly swear that... — yo, Charles Brown, juro solemnemente que...
•Phrasal Verbs:- do down- do for- do in- do out- do over- do up- do with
II [duː]1) c (party, gathering) (colloq) fiesta f, reunión f2) ( state of affairs) (colloq) (no pl)fair dos — (BrE colloq)
fair dos all round — a partes iguales para todos; (as interj) seamos justos!
3)do's and don'ts — ( rules) normas fpl
III [dəʊ] -
26 πρός
πρός, Prep., expressing direction,A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:I of Place, from,ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29
;τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037
(v.l.).2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154
;ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120
;ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62
, etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101
; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21
;π. Νεμέας Id.5.59
; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122
;τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121
, cf. 4.17.3 before, in presence of,μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
;οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188
; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,b in the eyes of,ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71
, cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286
.4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67
;π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839
(lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
: less freq. with other words,π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39
;π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
;μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208
;μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515
(lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45
;ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a
, cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468
;μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324
.5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17
, cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25
;οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23
; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125
.II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85
, cf. 1.160, etc.;τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302
;δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90
; ;φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59
;τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550
, cf. S.Aj. 527;λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45
;κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139
, etc.;μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13
: with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57
; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429
;οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47
; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; alsoλόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120
; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269
, cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209
;αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111
;ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650
: with an Adj. or Subst.,τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162
;ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139
;ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919
;ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297
;πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562
;π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514
; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144
: with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.III of dependence or close connexion: hence,1 dependent on one, under one's protection,π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207
,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57
.IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153
, cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581
, cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585
, etc.;οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11
, etc.: of qualities, etc.,π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704
; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59
; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω
correctly,Id.
R. 470c; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14
([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7
; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190
, 11.423;ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408
; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί); πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86
; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15
;νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210
;π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371
;π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95
;π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180
(lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808
;π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34
; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79
;τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105
;αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1
; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13
, cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18
;π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28
.3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245
, Od.2.80;με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415
, cf. 7.279, 9.284; , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35
.4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507
;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329
;προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111
; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;π. τινί
close to,Men.
Epit. 204.II to express close engagement, at the point of,π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169
; engaged in or about,π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c
, cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176
;ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22
; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (butπ. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6
);ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127
;π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74
; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7
, cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2
, cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα
in addition to,A.
Pr. 323, cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90
; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45
;τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774
; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b
; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31
,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420
; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239
; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374
;βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
;κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147
; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435
;ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127
;ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342
;ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334
;πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395
;π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278
;τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931
; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3
;ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1
; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς
beside,Supp.Epigr.
6.106 ([place name] Cotiaeum).b of addition, (Argos, v B. C.);ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63
, cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244
, al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44
; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240
;στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477
; so in Prose,π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201
, cf. 4.40;π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149
; alsoἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22
(v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22
Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751
;πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d
, cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.4 in hostile sense, against,π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471
;ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378
; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108
;γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303
;χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88
;π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304
;ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65
;ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118
;ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c
;ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18
: also in argument, in reply to,ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c
; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34
.5 without any hostile sense,π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155
,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267
;μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19
, etc.;ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60
codd.;ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632
, Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45
; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d
; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285
.b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19
; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59
;γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82
, cf. Hdt. 1.61;π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22
;π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51
;π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491
; alsoσαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82
, cf. O.4.6;παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952
, etc.;ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14
;ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86
;εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340
; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c
;π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2
; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8
(Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10
;ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23
;τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314
, cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13
([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23
, cf. 16.10;τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12
, cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8
(Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14
;ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19
codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25; ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1
; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); alsoδιαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31
, cf. D.7.33.II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191
;ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552
;πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a
;ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22
;π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21
;π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089
; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii); ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.III of Relation between two objects,1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37
;οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..
in respect of..,Arist.
APr. 24a25, cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28
; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1
D.;π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8
(iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168
, cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.
s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14
, etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.2 in reference to, in consequence of,πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52
, cf. 4.161;π. τὴν φήμην
in view of..,Id.
3.153, cf. Th.8.39;χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59
;ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4
, etc.: with neut. Pron.,π. τί;
wherefore? to what end?S.
OT 766, 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;π. ταῦτα
therefore, this being so,Hdt.
5.9,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.3 in reference to or for a purpose,ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057
; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174
, cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12
;ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21
;ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60
; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7
.b with a view to or for a future time,ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62
(Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13
.c = πρός B. 11,ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8
;ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3
, cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34
;ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35
;π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94
, 8.44;πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10
, cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68
;ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50
; alsoἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3
;ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39
: also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2
, cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19
; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a
; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42
(Ephesus, iii B. C.);θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16
(Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1
, cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6
(Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b
; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); soἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a
; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126
, cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17
(Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8
;π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30
; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1
, cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4
([place name] Ptolemaic);π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b
(but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21
.κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3
;π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101
, cf. Sor.1.56;π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8
(ii A. D.);π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399
(ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89
.5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20
, cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47
;ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17
, cf. 314, etc.;εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22
; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32
;π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63
; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα
according to..,E.
Hipp. 701; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9
, cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84
; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13
(Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20
(s.v.l.);π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73
;τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735
; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130
(lyr.);π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214
; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8
,19;π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594
;π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494
; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13
;ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15
, cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e
; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1
, cf. S.OT 1152;π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3
, etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30
, cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);π. ἰσχύος χ.
by means of,E.
Med. 538; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23
, etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464
; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308
; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1
; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2
; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74
;καὶ π. Id.7.154
, 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110
, Pl.R. 328a, 466e;καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73
;καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67
; freq. at the end of a second clause,τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622
;ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e
, cf. E.Ph. 610;ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28
, cf. 22.60.E IN COMPOS.,I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.F REMARKS,1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653
, cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)σφέτερον Il.17.419
, cf. Pi.O.4.5.2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis. -
27 נוחַ
נוּחַ(b. h.) to rest, lie; to be at ease, rest satisfied.Sabb.7b זרק … והלכה ונָחָהוכ׳ if one threw an object higher than ten handbreadths, and in its course it came to rest in a little hole. Ib. וזרק ונָח על גביו and he threw an object and it came to rest on it. Gen. R. s. 25 כיון שעמד נֹחַ נָחוּ when Noah rose, they rested (submitted to mans rulership; Yalk. Chr. 1072 נִינּוֹחוּ; Yalk. Gen. 42 נִחֲמָן he appeased them); ib. וכיון שעמד נֹחַ נחו and when Noah rose, they remained undisturbed in their graves; Yalk. Chr. l. c. נינוחו.Meg.25b, a. fr. יָנוּחוּ לו ברכותוכ׳ blessings rest upon his head. Sabb.152b, a. e. תָּנוּחַ … שהנחתוכ׳ let thy mind be at rest, for thou hast set my mind at rest; a. fr.part. נָח, נוֹחַ, f. נוֹחָה; Pl. נוֹחִים, נוֹחִין; נוֹחוֹת a) resting. Gen. R. s. 11 אתם נוחין you rest Y.Erub.III, end, 21c, a. fr. נוֹחֵי נפש whose souls are at rest; a. fr.b) pleased. Ab. III, 10 כל שרוח הבריות נ׳ הימנווכ׳ in whom the mind of man finds pleasure, the mind of God finds pleasure. Shebi. X, 9; a. fr.V. נוֹחַ. Hif. הֵנִיחַ, הִנִּיחַ (fr. יָנַח) 1) to set at rest; to set down, place. Gen. R. l. c. (ref. to Gen. 5:29) או נח זה יְנִיחֵנוּוכ׳ either let him be called Noaḥ, then it ought to read, ‘he shall set us at rest, or Naḥman Sabb. l. c. שהֵנַחְתָּ, v. supra; (Snh.30b שהתנחת, v. תָּנַח; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 20). Ḥull.91b עלי יַנִּיחַ צדיקוכ׳ let this righteous man rest his head on me.B. Kam. III, 1. B. Mets.VI, 6 הַנַּח לפני put it down before me (I will take charge of it). Sabb.21b להַנִּיחָהּ על פתחוכ׳ to place it over the entrance ; a. fr. 2) to leave; to leave alone; to allow. B. Bath. IX, 1 מי שמת וה׳ בניםוכ׳ if a person died and left sons and daughters. Ib. 3 ראו מה שה׳ לנווכ׳ see what our father left us. Snh.30a מעות שה׳ לו אביו money which his father had left him (without telling him where it was deposited). Pesik. R. s. 26; Yalk. Ps. 884 אבינו ירמיה הרי אתה מַנִּיחֵנוּ שם J., our father, wilt thou leave us there (in Babylonia, without a prophet)?Bets.30a, a. fr. הַנַּח להם לישראל leave Israel alone (let them do as they please). Yoma I, 4 לא היו מְנִיחִים אותווכ׳ they did not let him eat much. Ab. Zar.10b, יַנִּיחֶנָּה, v. נוֹמִי. Ib. 17a לאה׳ זונהוכ׳ he did not forego a single prostitute Ex. R. s. 30 לאה׳ שלא היה מצערו he allowed no opportunity to pass without tormenting him; a. v. fr. 3) to relieve, remit. Ab. Zar.13a יום שע״א מֵנַחַת בווכ׳ a day on which the idol grants a remission of duties. Ib. כל מי … ויָנִיחַ … יָנִיחַוכ׳ to him who will take a wreath and place it on his head (in honor of the deity), he will allow a remission ; a. fr. 4) to wish rest (to a deceased); to bless the memory of. Yalk. Ex. 411 מזכירין ומניחין there are those who are mentioned and blessed (opp. משחקין); Ex. R. s. 48 מדכרין ומניחין; (Tanḥ. Vayakh. 4 מזכירין ומשבחים;) (Midr. Sam. ch. I מדכרין ומניחין we mention and let alone, neither praising nor blaming by mentioning the ancestry). 5) to give pleasure. Gen. R. s. 16 לַהֲנִיחוֹוכ׳ to give him pleasure, to protect him Hof. הוּנָח to be put down, rested. Sabb.4a, a. fr. קלוטה כמי שהוּנְחָה דמיא an object intercepted in the air (crossing an area, v. רָשוּת) is considered as having rested there, v. הַנָּחָה. B. Mets.III, 4, a. e. יהא מוּנָחוכ׳, v. אֵלִיָּהוּ. Yoma 72b עדיין מונח הואוכ׳ still lies (undisposed of), whosoever desires to obtain it Kidd.66a הרי כרוכה ומוּנַחַתוכ׳ it (the Law) is wrapped up and lies in the corner, whosoever wishes to study ; a. fr. Nif. נִינּוֹחַ to be released; to be rested. Cant. R. to VII, 5 והגליות באות ונִינּוֹחוֹתוכ׳ and the exiles will come and rest under it; (Yalk. Is. 334 ונוֹחוֹת; Yalk. Zech. 575 וחָנוֹת). Y.Ber.V, end, 9d בטוח אנישנ׳ בנווכ׳ I am confident that the son of … will recover from his illness. Gen. R. s. 13 נִינּוֹחוּ they are relieved (out of danger). Yalk. Chr. 1072, v. supra; a. e. -
28 נוּחַ
נוּחַ(b. h.) to rest, lie; to be at ease, rest satisfied.Sabb.7b זרק … והלכה ונָחָהוכ׳ if one threw an object higher than ten handbreadths, and in its course it came to rest in a little hole. Ib. וזרק ונָח על גביו and he threw an object and it came to rest on it. Gen. R. s. 25 כיון שעמד נֹחַ נָחוּ when Noah rose, they rested (submitted to mans rulership; Yalk. Chr. 1072 נִינּוֹחוּ; Yalk. Gen. 42 נִחֲמָן he appeased them); ib. וכיון שעמד נֹחַ נחו and when Noah rose, they remained undisturbed in their graves; Yalk. Chr. l. c. נינוחו.Meg.25b, a. fr. יָנוּחוּ לו ברכותוכ׳ blessings rest upon his head. Sabb.152b, a. e. תָּנוּחַ … שהנחתוכ׳ let thy mind be at rest, for thou hast set my mind at rest; a. fr.part. נָח, נוֹחַ, f. נוֹחָה; Pl. נוֹחִים, נוֹחִין; נוֹחוֹת a) resting. Gen. R. s. 11 אתם נוחין you rest Y.Erub.III, end, 21c, a. fr. נוֹחֵי נפש whose souls are at rest; a. fr.b) pleased. Ab. III, 10 כל שרוח הבריות נ׳ הימנווכ׳ in whom the mind of man finds pleasure, the mind of God finds pleasure. Shebi. X, 9; a. fr.V. נוֹחַ. Hif. הֵנִיחַ, הִנִּיחַ (fr. יָנַח) 1) to set at rest; to set down, place. Gen. R. l. c. (ref. to Gen. 5:29) או נח זה יְנִיחֵנוּוכ׳ either let him be called Noaḥ, then it ought to read, ‘he shall set us at rest, or Naḥman Sabb. l. c. שהֵנַחְתָּ, v. supra; (Snh.30b שהתנחת, v. תָּנַח; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 20). Ḥull.91b עלי יַנִּיחַ צדיקוכ׳ let this righteous man rest his head on me.B. Kam. III, 1. B. Mets.VI, 6 הַנַּח לפני put it down before me (I will take charge of it). Sabb.21b להַנִּיחָהּ על פתחוכ׳ to place it over the entrance ; a. fr. 2) to leave; to leave alone; to allow. B. Bath. IX, 1 מי שמת וה׳ בניםוכ׳ if a person died and left sons and daughters. Ib. 3 ראו מה שה׳ לנווכ׳ see what our father left us. Snh.30a מעות שה׳ לו אביו money which his father had left him (without telling him where it was deposited). Pesik. R. s. 26; Yalk. Ps. 884 אבינו ירמיה הרי אתה מַנִּיחֵנוּ שם J., our father, wilt thou leave us there (in Babylonia, without a prophet)?Bets.30a, a. fr. הַנַּח להם לישראל leave Israel alone (let them do as they please). Yoma I, 4 לא היו מְנִיחִים אותווכ׳ they did not let him eat much. Ab. Zar.10b, יַנִּיחֶנָּה, v. נוֹמִי. Ib. 17a לאה׳ זונהוכ׳ he did not forego a single prostitute Ex. R. s. 30 לאה׳ שלא היה מצערו he allowed no opportunity to pass without tormenting him; a. v. fr. 3) to relieve, remit. Ab. Zar.13a יום שע״א מֵנַחַת בווכ׳ a day on which the idol grants a remission of duties. Ib. כל מי … ויָנִיחַ … יָנִיחַוכ׳ to him who will take a wreath and place it on his head (in honor of the deity), he will allow a remission ; a. fr. 4) to wish rest (to a deceased); to bless the memory of. Yalk. Ex. 411 מזכירין ומניחין there are those who are mentioned and blessed (opp. משחקין); Ex. R. s. 48 מדכרין ומניחין; (Tanḥ. Vayakh. 4 מזכירין ומשבחים;) (Midr. Sam. ch. I מדכרין ומניחין we mention and let alone, neither praising nor blaming by mentioning the ancestry). 5) to give pleasure. Gen. R. s. 16 לַהֲנִיחוֹוכ׳ to give him pleasure, to protect him Hof. הוּנָח to be put down, rested. Sabb.4a, a. fr. קלוטה כמי שהוּנְחָה דמיא an object intercepted in the air (crossing an area, v. רָשוּת) is considered as having rested there, v. הַנָּחָה. B. Mets.III, 4, a. e. יהא מוּנָחוכ׳, v. אֵלִיָּהוּ. Yoma 72b עדיין מונח הואוכ׳ still lies (undisposed of), whosoever desires to obtain it Kidd.66a הרי כרוכה ומוּנַחַתוכ׳ it (the Law) is wrapped up and lies in the corner, whosoever wishes to study ; a. fr. Nif. נִינּוֹחַ to be released; to be rested. Cant. R. to VII, 5 והגליות באות ונִינּוֹחוֹתוכ׳ and the exiles will come and rest under it; (Yalk. Is. 334 ונוֹחוֹת; Yalk. Zech. 575 וחָנוֹת). Y.Ber.V, end, 9d בטוח אנישנ׳ בנווכ׳ I am confident that the son of … will recover from his illness. Gen. R. s. 13 נִינּוֹחוּ they are relieved (out of danger). Yalk. Chr. 1072, v. supra; a. e. -
29 go
1. [gəʋ] n (pl goes [gəʋz]) разг.1. ход, ходьба; движениеcome and go - хождение туда и сюда /взад и вперёд/
the boat rolled gently with the come and go of small waves - лодка мягко покачивалась на мелких волнах
to be on the go - быть в движении /в работе/
he is always on the go - он всегда в движении; он никогда не сидит без дела
he has two books on the go at the moment - в настоящее время он работает (одновременно) над двумя книгами
2. обстоятельство, положение; неожиданный поворот делa near go - опасное /рискованное/ положение; ≅ быть на волосок от гибели /провала, разорения и т. п./
here's a pretty go!, what a go! - ≅ весёленькая история!, хорошенькое дельце!
it's a queer /rum/ go - странное дело
3. попыткаto have a go at - попытаться, рискнуть, попытать счастья
she was staying for another go - она осталась, чтобы сделать ещё одну попытку
let's have another go at this problem - давай ещё раз попробуем разобраться в этом деле
he had several goes at the examination before he passed - он не смог сдать экзамен с первого захода
4. 1) приступ2) порция ( еды или вина)3) что-л. выполненное за один раз5. сделка, соглашениеit's a go! - идёт!, по рукам, решено!, договорились!
6. разг. энергия, воодушевление; рвение; увлечение7. разг. успех; удача; успешное предприятиеto make a go of it - амер. добиться успеха, преуспеть
he is convinced that he can make a go of it - он уверен, что добьётся в этом деле успеха
no go - бесполезный, безнадёжный
it's no go! - не пойдёт!, невозможно!
8. редк. походка9. ход ( в игре); бросок ( в спортивных играх)10. карт. «мимо» ( возглас игрока в криббидж)♢
to give smb. the go - дать кому-л. сигнал или разрешение действовать; ≅ дать «добро»quite /all/ the go - последний крик моды; предмет всеобщего увлечения
first go - первым делом, сразу же
at a go - сразу, зараз
the great [little] go - студ. последний [первый] экзамен на степень бакалавра гуманитарных наук ( в Кембридже и Оксфорде)
2. [gəʋ] a амер. разг.he was a drag on me from the word go - с самого начала он был для меня обузой
быть в состоянии готовности; работать (безотказно) (об аппаратуре и т. п.)you are go for landing - ≅ разрешается посадка
3. [gəʋ] v (went; gone)she was suddenly in a go condition - она внезапно почувствовала, что готова ко всему
I1. идти, ходитьto go slowly [quickly] - идти медленно [быстро]
to go slow - а) идти медленно, не торопиться; б) быть осмотрительным; [ср. тж. ♢ ]
cars go on the road - по дороге едут /ездят/ машины
to go upstairs [downstairs] - подыматься [спускаться] по лестнице
they went over the river - они перешли /переправились через/ реку
he went to visit /to see/ her - он пошёл навестить /проведать/ её
to go in single file [in pairs] - идти по одному [парами]
you go first - а) вы идите первым /вперёд/; б) проходите, пожалуйста; в) ваш первый ход
2. направляться, следовать; ехать, поехатьto go to the country - поехать за город /в деревню, на дачу/ [см. тж. ♢ ]
to go abroad - поехать за границу [см. тж. ♢ ]
to go to France [to London] - поехать во Францию [в Лондон]
to go on a journey - поехать в путешествие; совершать путешествие
to go for a ride /a drive/ - поехать /отправиться/ на прогулку (особ. верхом, на велосипеде, в автомобиле)
to go on a visit - поехать /отправиться/ с визитом; поехать погостить
to go to a party - пойти в гости /на вечеринку, на вечер/
to go on a tour - а) отправиться /пуститься/ в путешествие; б) отправляться на гастроли /в турне/
to go (some) places - амер. разг. ездить /ходить/ по разным местам
3. 1) ездить, путешествовать, передвигаться (каким-л. способом)to go by land [by water] - ехать по суше [по воде]
to go by train [by bus, by tram, by rail, by steamer] - ехать поездом [автобусом, трамваем, по железной дороге, пароходом]
to go in a carriage [in a motor-car, in a ship, in a tram, in a trolley-bus] - ехать в экипаже [в автомобиле, на пароходе, в трамвае, в троллейбусе]
to go on foot - ходить /идти/ пешком
2) ходить, курсировать4. 1) уходить, уезжатьwe came at six and went at nine - мы пришли в шесть, а ушли в девять
it is time for us to go - нам пора уходить /идти, уезжать/
I'll be going now - ну, я пошёл
I must be going now, I must be gone - теперь мне нужно уходить
she is gone - она ушла /уехала/, её нет
be gone!, get you gone! - уходи!
2) отходить, отправлятьсяwhen does the train go? - когда отходит поезд?
the train goes from platform 5 - поезд отходит от платформы №5
one, two, three - go!, ready, steady, go! - внимание... приготовиться... марш!
5. 1) двигаться, быть в движенииI'd prefer to sit the way the train is going - я бы предпочёл сидеть по ходу поезда
to set smth. going - привести что-л. в движение
2) двигаться с определённой скоростьюthe train was going (at) fifty miles an hour - поезд шёл со скоростью 50 миль в час
to go at full drive /tilt/ - идти полным ходом
6. 1) работать, действовать, функционировать (о машине и т. п.)my watch is going too fast [slow] - мои часы слишком спешат [отстают]
the engine went beautifully all day - весь день машина работала превосходно
how do I make the washing machine go? - как включить стиральную машину?
2) жить, действовать, функционировать ( о человеке)he manages to keep going - он как-то тянет, ему удаётся держаться
7. 1) тянуться, проходить, пролегать, простиратьсяmountains that go from east to west - горы, тянущиеся /простирающиеся/ с востока на запад
how far does the road go? - далеко ли тянется эта дорога?
2) дотягиваться; доходитьI want a rope that will go from the top window to the ground - мне нужна верёвка, которую можно опустить с верхнего этажа до земли
8. 1) протекать, проходитьtime goes quickly - время идёт быстро /летит/
vacation goes quickly - не успеваешь оглянуться, а отпуск кончился
2) протекать; завершаться каким-л. образомhow is the evening going? - как проходит вечер?
how did the interview go? - как прошло интервью?
I hope all goes well with you - надеюсь, что у вас всё хорошо
how did the voting go? - как завершилось голосование?; каковы результаты голосования?
nobody knows how matters will go - никто не знает, как пойдут дела
what made the party go? - что обеспечило успех вечера?
9. 1) исчезать; проходить2) исчезнуть, пропастьhis hat has gone - у него исчезла /пропала/ шляпа
where's my pen? It's gone (off my desk) - где моя ручка? Она исчезла (с моего стола)
10. распространяться; передаваться11. передаваться (по телеграфу и т. п.)this message will go by mail /by post, in the post/ - это сообщение пойдёт по почте
12. иметь хождение, быть в обращении13. (обыкн. to) идти (на что-л.); брать на себя (что-л.); решаться (на что-л.)to go to a lot of [great] trouble to do smth. - приложить много [массу] усилий, чтобы сделать что-л.
he will not even go to the trouble of doing that - он не захочет даже и попытаться сделать это
to go so far as to say that! - дойти до того, чтобы сказать это!
14. 1) податься; рухнуть; сломаться, расколотьсяthe platform went - трибуна рухнула /обрушилась/
first the sail went and then the mast - сперва подался парус, а затем и мачта
there goes another button! - ну вот, ещё одна пуговица отлетела!
the fuse [bulb] went - перегорела пробка [лампочка]
the engine in the old car finally went - мотор в старой машине окончательно пришёл в негодность
2) потерпеть крах, обанкротиться3) отменяться, уничтожатьсяthis clause of the bill will have to go - эта статья законопроекта должна быть отменена /не должна быть принята/
whatever is not done yet must simply go - всё, что не сделано, придётся оставить как есть
4) (обыкн. с must, can, have to) отказываться; избавлятьсяthe car must go, we can't afford it - от машины придётся отказаться, она нам не по карману
15. 1) быть расположенным, следовать в определённом порядке2) храниться, находиться (где-л.); становиться ( на определённое место)where is this carpet to go? - куда постелить этот ковёр?
3) (into, under) умещаться, укладываться (во что-л.)the thread is too thick to go into the needle - нитка слишком толстая, чтобы пролезть в иголку
how many pints go into a gallon? - сколько пинт содержится в одном галлоне?
4) (обыкн. to) равняться16. заканчиваться определённым результатомI don't know whether the case goes for me or against me - я не знаю ещё, удастся ли мне выиграть процесс
which way will the decision go? - как всё решится?
17. 1) гласить, говоритьI don't exactly remember how the words go - я точно не помню, как это там сказано
how does the story go? - что там дальше в рассказе?
the story goes that he was murdered - говорят, что его убили
2) звучать (о мелодии и т. п.)the tune goes something like this... - вот как, примерно, звучит этот мотив
how does that song go? - напомните мне мотив этой песни
ducks go❝quack❞ - утки делают «кряк-кряк»
the guns went❝boom❞ - «бабах!» грохнули пушки [см. тж. III А 2, 4)]
18. 1) звонитьI hear the bells going - я слышу, как звонят колокола
2) бить, отбивать время19. умирать, гибнутьshe is gone - она погибла, она умерла
my grandmother went peacefully in the night - моя бабушка тихо скончалась ночью
after George went, she moved into a smaller house - когда Джордж умер, она переехала в дом поменьше
he is dead and gone - разг. он уже в могиле
20. 1) пройти, быть принятым2) быть приемлемымhere anything goes - разг. здесь всё сойдёт; здесь ты можешь делать, что твоей душе угодно
21. разг. выдерживать, терпеть22. справляться, одолеватьI can't go another mouthful - я больше ни глотка ( или куска) не могу съесть
23. ходить определённым шагомto go narrow [wide] - идти узким [широким] шагом ( о лошади)
to go above the ground - уст. ходить, высоко подымая ноги
24. спариватьсяII А1. 1) участвовать ( в доле)to go halves [shares, snacks, амер. fifty-fifty, уст. snips], to go share and share alike - делить поровну /пополам/; принять участие наравне (с кем-л.)
2) амер. разг. ставить (какую-л. сумму); рисковать (какой-л. суммой)how much do you go? - а) сколько вы ставите?; б) на сколько вы спорите?
2. 1) пропадать, слабеть (о слухе, сознании и т. п.)my voice has gone because of my cold - от простуды я потеряла голос /у меня сел голос/
2) разг. износиться ( об одежде)3. редк.1) сохраняться ( о пище)butter goes better in the refrigerator - масло сохраняется лучше в холодильнике
2) носиться (о ткани, одежде и т. п.)4. быть ритмичными ( о стихах)5. получать ( пособие)to go on the parish - получать приходское пособие по бедности, жить за счёт прихожан
to go on the dole - получать пособие по бедности; перейти на пособие
II Б1. to be going to do smth.1) собираться, намереваться сделать что-л.we were going to France but we changed our minds - мы хотели поехать во Францию, но передумали
she is going to spend holidays at a rest-home - она решила провести свои каникулы в доме отдыха
he is not going to be cheated - он не допустит, чтобы его обманули
2) ожидаться (о каком-л. событии)I'm going to be sick! - меня сейчас вырвет!
she felt she was going to be ill - она чувствовала, что заболевает
2. to go and do smth. разг. взять да сделать что-л.; пойти и сделать что-л.to go and fetch smb., smth. - сходить за кем-л., чем-л.
you've gone and torn my dress - ну вот, вы порвали мне платье
there now! if I haven't gone and lost my ticket! - и надо же было мне потерять билет!
3. to go about smth. /doing smth./1) заниматься чем-л.she went about her work with energy - она энергично занималась своими делами
we must go about it carefully - а) это надо делать осторожно; б) за это надо браться осторожно
2) приниматься за что-л.how does one go about getting seats? - что нужно делать, чтобы достать билеты /места/?
he didn't know how to go about building a boat - он не знал, как подступиться к строительству лодки
4. to go at smth. энергично взяться за что-л.let's go at this problem in a different way - давайте попробуем решить эту проблему по-другому
he went at his breakfast as if he'd never eaten for a week - он набросился на завтрак так, будто не ел целую неделю
5. to go at smb. набрасываться, бросаться на кого-л.6. to go against smth.1) двигаться против чего-л.to go against the tide - плыть против течения [см. тж. ♢ ]
2) идти вразрез с чем-л., противоречить чему-л.she went against her mother's wishes - она не послушалась своей матери; она поступила наперекор своей матери
3) юр. оспаривать что-л.; спорить против чего-л.7. to go against smb. быть против кого-л.; не подходить кому-л.it goes against me - это противно мне, это противоречит моим убеждениям
8. to go behind smth. пересматривать, рассматривать заново, изучать (основания, данные)9. to go beyond smth. выходить за пределы чего-л., превышать что-л.10. to go by /on/ smth.1) судить по чему-л.2) руководствоваться чем-л., следовать чему-л.it is a good rule to go by - вот хорошее правило, которым следует руководствоваться
I shall go entirely by what the doctor says - я буду делать всё, что говорит врач
we were just going on what you yourself had said - мы как раз действовали в соответствии с тем, что вы сами говорили
that's all the police had to go on to catch the killer - вот и все улики, которые были у полиции и по которым она должна была поймать убийцу
11. to go after smth., smb. домогаться чего-л., кого-л.he is going after Jane - он ухаживает /бегает/ за Джейн
12. to go for smb.1) разг. наброситься, обрушиться на кого-л.suddenly the lion went for his keeper - внезапно лев набросился на служителя
my wife went for me because I was late for dinner - жена выругала меня за то, что я опоздал к обеду
2) слыть кем-л.; быть принятым за кого-л.he went for an old man among the youth - молодёжь принимала его за старика /считала его стариком/
3) разг. увлекаться кем-л.; влюбиться в кого-л.I don't go for men of his type - мне такие мужчины, как он, не нравятся
13. to go for smth.1) разг. заменить что-л., сойти за что-л.this synthetic material may easily go for pure wool - эта искусственная ткань может легко сойти за чистую шерсть
2) стремиться к чему-л.; добиваться чего-л.will you go for the prize? - ты будешь бороться за призовое место?
when you offer him sweets he goes for the biggest one - когда ему предлагают конфеты, он всегда тянется за самой большой
3) увлекаться чем-л.do you go for modern music? - вы любите современную музыку?
14. to go for /at/ á certain sum of money продаваться по определённой ценеto go for nothing - продаваться за бесценок [см. тж. II Б 15]
the books went for a shilling [for so little] - книги были проданы за шиллинг [так дёшево]
there were good coats going at £50 - по 50 фунтов продавали хорошие пальто
going for £10!, going!, going!, gone! - продаётся за 10 фунтов!, 10 фунтов - раз!, 10 фунтов - два!, 10 фунтов - три! продано (за 10 фунтов)
15. to go to /in/ smth. расходоваться, уходить на что-л.half our money goes on food and clothes for the children - половина наших денег уходит на еду и одежду для детей
his time goes in watching television - он всё своё время тратит на телевизор
to go for nothing - пропасть, уйти впустую [см. тж. II Б 14]
16. to go to smth., smb.1) обращаться к чему-л., на кого-л.his eyes went to her - он взглянул на неё, он обратил свой взгляд на неё
2) прибегать к помощи; обращаться (к кому-л.)to go to law /to court/ - обращаться в суд
to go to law with smb. - возбуждать дело в суде против кого-л.
17. to go to smth. становиться кем-л.to go to the stage - стать актёром, пойти в актёры
to go to the streets - стать проституткой, пойти на панель
to go to school - ходить в школу; стать учеником, учиться в школе
to go to college [to the university] - стать [быть] студентом, учиться в колледже [в университете]
18. to go to smb.1) быть проданным кому-л.the house went to the one who made the highest offer - дом продали тому, кто предложил самую высокую цену
going to the gentleman in the third row! going, going, gone! - продано джентльмену в третьем ряду! продано - раз!, продано - два!, продано - три!
2) доставаться кому-л.19. to go through smth.1) тщательно, пункт за пунктом разбирать что-л.2) проделать, сделать что-л.let's go through the rehearsal without any interruptions - давайте проведём репетицию без всяких помех
3) пройти, быть принятым где-л. (о проекте, предложении)the plan must go through several stages - план должен пройти несколько инстанций
4) испытывать что-л., подвергаться чему-л.the country has gone through too many wars - эта страна перенесла слишком много войн
5) выдержать столько-то изданий ( о книге)6) обыскивать, обшаривать что-л.he went through his pockets looking for the key - он обыскал все карманы в поисках ключа
7) растратить, израсходовать (состояние, деньги и т. п.)he quickly went through his fortune [his savings] - он быстро растратил /промотал/ своё состояние [свои сбережения]
20. to go into smth.1) тщательно разбирать что-л., вникать во что-л.; расследовать, рассматривать что-л.to go into details /particulars/ - вдаваться в подробности
2) избирать (профессию и т. п.)to go into business - избрать карьеру делового человека; стать дельцом
to go into Parliament [into the Cabinet] - стать членом парламента [кабинета министров]
3) вступить в организацию, стать членом общества4) надеватьshe goes into woollen stockings in September - с сентября она начинает носить шерстяные чулки
21. to go before /to/ smb., smth.1) предстать перед кем-л., чем-л.you will go before the board of directors - вы предстанете перед советом директоров
2) передавать на рассмотрение кому-л., чему-л.your suggestion will go before the committee - о вашем предложении доложат комиссии
can this question go direct to the minister? - нельзя ли этот вопрос поставить непосредственно перед министром?
22. to go with smb.1) сопровождать кого-л., идти вместе с кем-л.shall I go with you? - хотите я пойду с вами?
2) быть заодно, соглашаться с кем-л.23. to go with smth.1) подходить к чему-л., гармонировать с чем-л.; соответствовать чему-л.the blue scarf goes well with your blouse - этот голубой шарф красиво сочетается с вашей блузкой
2) относиться к чему-л., быть связанным с чем-л.five acres of land go with the house - продаётся дом с прилегающим к нему участком в пять акров
3) быть связанным с чем-л.; соответствовать чему-л.the salary that goes with an office - жалованье, соответствующее занимаемой должности
24. to go without smth.1) обходиться без чего-л.2) не иметь чего-л.to go without money - не иметь денег, быть без денег
25. to go by /under/ á name быть известным под каким-л. именемto go by /under/ the name of... - быть известным под именем...
he went under a pseudonym - он был известен под псевдонимом, он носил псевдоним
26. to go under smb.'s name приписываться кому-л. ( об авторстве)that play generally goes under the name of Shakespeare - обычно эту пьесу приписывают Шекспиру
27. 1) to go to make up smth. составлять что-л., входить в состав чего-л.items which go to make up the total - пункты, из которых складывается целое
2) to go to the making of smth., smb. быть необходимым для чего-л., кого-л.what qualities go to the making of a pilot? - какие качества необходимы пилоту?
dressings that go to making a good salad - приправа, необходимая, чтобы приготовить вкусный салат
28. to go into á state приходить в какое-л. состояние29. to go into á condition входить в какое-л. положениеto go into anchor - мор. становиться на якорь
to go into the assault - воен. идти в атаку
to go into bivouac - воен. располагаться биваком
to go into the curve - а) войти в поворот ( бег); б) входить в вираж ( велоспорт)
30. ... as smth., smb. goes... как что-л. заведено...;... как другиеas things go - разг. при сложившихся обстоятельствах, как это водится, в нынешних условиях
that's not bad as things go - при существующем положении вещей это не так уж плохо
31. to go to show that... свидетельствоватьit all goes to show that he cannot be trusted - всё это свидетельствует о том, что ему нельзя доверять
your behaviour goes to prove that... - ваше поведение служит доказательством того, что...
32. smth. is going иметься, продаваться, подаваться и т. п.come along, there are ices going - идём скорее, подают мороженое
I'll have what's going - дайте мне, что у вас есть
are there any jobs going? - здесь есть работа?
are there any houses going? - здесь продают(ся) дома?
III А1. в сочетании с последующим герундием выражает действие, соответствующее значению герундия:to go (out) hunting /shooting/ - отправляться /ходить/ на охоту
to go out fishing [duck-shooting] - отправляться на рыбную ловлю [охотиться на уток]
to go shopping - отправляться за покупками; ходить по магазинам
he goes frightening people with his stories - он постоянно пугает людей своими рассказами
don't go doing that! - разг. не смей делать этого!
don't go saying that! - разг. не болтай ерунды!
1) находиться в каком-л. положении или состоянииto go free - быть свободным /незанятым/
to go hungry /empty/ - (вечно) быть /ходить/ голодным
to go armed - быть /ходить/ вооружённым, носить оружие
the differences between them go deep - их разногласия имеют глубокие корни
to go in fear (of smth.) - жить в вечном страхе (перед чем-л.)
to go strong - держаться, сохранять силу, не сдаваться
to be six months gone (with child) - быть на седьмом месяце (беременности)
to go native см. native II 2
2) делаться, становитьсяto go bad - испортиться; сгнить, прогнить, протухнуть
to go dry - высыхать, становиться сухим [см. тж. ♢ ]
she /her hair/ is going grey - она седеет
to go mad /mental/ - сойти с ума
to go queer in the head - а) помешаться; б) почувствовать головокружение
to go wrong - а) сбиться с пути, встать на ложный путь; ошибаться; поступать неправильно; б) не выйти, не получиться; в) испортиться, перестать работать; разладиться; г) испортиться, протухнуть ( о пище)
he went hot and cold - его бросало то в жар, то в холод
a man gone ninety years of age - человек, которому за 90
to go Conservative - стать /сделаться/ консерватором
to go apprentice - сделаться подмастерьем /учеником/
3) оставаться в каком-л. положенииto go unpunished - быть /оставаться/ безнаказанным
to go free /scot-free/ - оставаться свободным
4) издавать внезапный или отчётливый звукto go pop - выстрелить, грохнуть, бахнуть
to go snap - треснуть; с треском сломаться
to go flop - а) хлопнуться, плюхнуться; б) потерпеть неудачу, провалиться
to go fut, to go phut - а) лопнуть; б) сорваться, провалиться, лопнуть; потерпеть крах, неудачу; кончиться ничем; в) испортиться, сломаться
to go patter - а) стучать ( о каплях дождя); б) семенить ножками ( о ребёнке)
♢
to go to bed /to sleep/ - ложиться спать
to go to bye-bye - детск. идти бай-бай
to go the round of - а) совершать обход; б) циркулировать (о слухах и т. п.); переходить или передаваться из уст в уста
to go foreign - мор. жарг. уйти в заграничное плавание
to go far - а) хватить надолго; those potatoes won't go far when there are 10 people to feed - картофеля надолго не хватит, раз надо кормить целых десять человек; б) зайти далеко; перейти границы (принятого, допустимого); you've gone too far! - ну, это ты хватил!, в) многого добиться; the boy is clever and will go far - мальчик умный и многого добьётся
to go a long /good, great/ way - а) далеко пойти; б) далеко зайти, хватить через край; в) хватить надолго, быть достаточным (о деньгах, продуктах)
far gone - а) в последней стадии ( болезни); б) совершенно безумный; в) сильно пьяный; опьяневший
as /so/ far as it goes - поскольку дело касается, что касается, что до
it will go hard /ill/ with him - ему придётся плохо /туго/
to go smb. better - превзойти /перещеголять, затмить/ кого-л.
to go dry - амер. а) запретить продажу спиртных напитков; б) отказаться от употребления спиртных напитков; стать трезвенником; [см. тж. III А 2, 2)]
to go wet - амер. а) разрешить продажу спиртных напитков; б) начать пить
to go steady - иметь постоянного возлюбленного /-ую возлюбленную/
to go bail - а) юр. становиться поручителем, поручиться или внести залог (за кого-л.); б) разг. ручаться
go bail that... - ручаюсь, что...
to go downhill - а) катиться по наклонной плоскости; б) ухудшаться (о здоровье, материальном положении)
to go abroad - получить известность [см. тж. I 2], распространиться ( о слухах)
to go to the country - распустить парламент и назначить новые выборы [см. тж. I 2]
to go to Canossa - пойти в Каноссу, публично унижаться (перед кем-л.), испрашивая прощение
to let /to leave/ go - а) выпускать из рук; б) (от)пускать, выпускать; освобождать; let me go! - отпустите меня!; в) пропускать; г) перестать думать, выбросить из головы
let it go at that! - довольно!, будет!, пусть это так и останется!
I've let my music go - я запустил музыку, я перестал заниматься музыкой
to let judgement go by default - юр. заочно решить в пользу истца ( ввиду неявки ответчика)
go easy /slow/! - осторожнее!, потише! [ср. тж. I 1]
to go easy on smth. - амер. быть тактичным в отношении чего-л.; проявлять осторожность в отношении чего-л.
to go solid - амер. полит. жарг. придерживаться одного мнения, действовать единодушно
to be going some - амер. быстро /успешно/ продвигаться вперёд
to be going strong - а) быть полным сил; процветать; б) поступать безрассудно /опрометчиво/
to go one's (own) way /gate/ - идти своим путём, действовать самостоятельно, поступать по-своему
to go with the current /the tide, the stream, the crowd/ - плыть по течению
to go with the times /the tides/ - идти в ногу со временем
to go against the stream /the tide/ - а) идти /плыть/ против течения; б) работать в неблагоприятных условиях; действовать, преодолевая сопротивление /оппозицию/; [см. тж. II Б 6 1)]
to go on one's marks - спорт. выходить на старт
as you go!, as she goes! - мор. так держать!
to go down the drain - быть истраченным впустую [см. тж. drain I ♢ ]
to go over the top - а) воен. разг. идти в атаку ( из траншей); б) ринуться в атаку, начать решительно действовать, сделать решительный шаг
to let oneself go - дать волю своим чувствам; разойтись, увлечься
to go off the deep end - а) волноваться, приходить в возбуждение; б) амер. действовать сгоряча, принять необдуманное решение
to go out of one's mind /senses/ - а) сойти с ума, рехнуться, лишиться рассудка; б) быть вне себя от волнения
to go off one's head /груб. chump, nut/, to go round the bend - сойти с ума, помешаться, рехнуться, спятить; обезуметь, вести себя как безумный
to go off at a tangent - сорваться, странно себя повести или высказаться
to go off the hooks - а) умереть, протянуть ноги; б) сойти с ума, рехнуться, спятить; в) сбиться с пути, свихнуться
to go out of the world - умереть, покинуть бренный мир
to go the way of all the earth /flesh/, to go beyond the veil, to go home, to go to one's last /long/ home, to go to glory, to go to heaven, to go to one's long rest, to go to one's own place, to go over to the majority умереть, скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир
to go west - а) закатываться ( о солнце); б) умереть, скончаться; в) исчезнуть, пропасть
to go (all) to pieces /rack and ruin, smash/ - а) развалиться; разбиться вдребезги, разлететься на части /на куски/; б) подорвать своё здоровье, выйти из строя; в) обанкротиться; вылететь в трубу; трещать по всем швам; г) погибнуть, пропасть
to go to blazes /to hell, to pot, to the devil, to the dogs/, to go to pigs and whistles - разориться; погибнуть; вылететь в трубу; провалиться, пойти ко всем чертям, пойти прахом
go to blazes /to Bath, to hell, to Jericho, to pot, to the devil, to thunder, to Hanover, to Halifax, to Putney, to Tunbridge, to grass/! - пошёл к чёрту!, убирайся к чёрту!
go fly a kite!, go jump in the lake!, go lay an egg!, go lay a brick!, go sit on a tack - амер. груб. проваливай!, не мешай!
to go the pace - а) мчаться, нестись во весь опор; б) прожигать жизнь, вести бурный образ жизни
to go all out - а) напрягать все силы, стараться изо всех сил; ≅ из кожи вон лезть; б) бежать изо всех сил
to go out of hand - а) выходить из повиновения; б) действовать тотчас же /немедленно, без подготовки/; в) амер. действовать опрометчиво /необдуманно, неосторожно/; проявлять несдержанность; г) завершать, оканчивать
to go all /to great/ lengths - идти на всё
to go the whole hog - а) делать (что-л.) основательно, доводить ( дело) до конца; б) ни перед чем не останавливаться, идти на всё
to go (home) to smb.'s heart - опечалить /огорчить/ кого-л.
to go home - а) доходить до сердца; найти отклик в душе; б) доходить до сознания
to go on a bat /the batter, the bend, the bust, the spree, the razzle-dazzle/ - закутить, запить, загулять
you may go farther and fare worse см. fare II ♢
go while the going's good - убирайтесь подобру-поздорову /пока не поздно/
to go it - а) действовать энергично; прилагать все усилия; б) говорить очень откровенно; в) обрушивать артиллерийский огонь
go it! - ≅ давай, давай!, валяй! ( выражает поощрение к действию)
to go it alone - действовать в одиночку, брать на себя всю ответственность
if no one can help, I'll go it alone - если никто не может помочь, я буду действовать сам /я сделаю всё сам/
to go it blind - действовать вслепую; поступать опрометчиво
go along with you! - а) проваливайте!; убирайтесь; б) хватит!, не несите вздора!
there you go! - ну (вот) поехал(а)!, опять (выражает досаду, недовольство)
there he [she] goes! - ≅ полюбуйтесь на него [на неё]!, хорош [хороша]!, как разошёлся [разошлась]!, нечего сказать!, ну и картина! ( восклицание удивления или неодобрения)
don't you go all polite on me! - откуда такая вежливость?
there it goes! - ≅ смотри(те)!, слушай(те)! (восклицание, чтобы привлечь внимание слушателя)
here goes! - а) ну, начали!; б) была не была!
go by! - карт. пас!
that /it/ goes for all of us - тут мы все заодно; мы все так считаем /думаем/
it /that/ goes without saying - само собой разумеется, совершенно очевидно
how goes it? - как дела?; как поживаете?; что слышно новенького?
how goes the world with you? - как идут у вас дела?
to go a-begging /begging/ - а) не иметь спроса /рынка/; б) быть вакантным ( о должности)
to go a-wool-gathering - быть рассеянным, витать в облаках
to go against the grain /the hair/ - быть не по вкусу /не по душе, не по нутру/; раздражать
to go to seed - а) пойти в семена; перестать развиваться; б) прийти в упадок; в) морально опуститься
go like this with your left foot! - сделай левой ногой так!
to go like blazes - мчаться, нестись во весь опор
to go like sixty /split/ - амер. мчаться, нестись во весь опор
-
30 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14. -
31 accord
accord [akɔʀ]masculine nouna. ( = entente) agreement ; ( = concorde) harmony► d'accord• se mettre or tomber d'accord avec qn to agree with sbb. ( = traité) agreementc. ( = permission) consentd. ( = harmonie) [de couleurs] harmonye. [d'adjectif, participe] agreement• accord en genre/nombre agreement in gender/numberf. ( = notes) chord ; ( = réglage) tuning* * *akɔʀnom masculin1) ( consentement) agreement (à to)2) ( pacte) agreement ( portant sur on); ( non formel) understanding3) (avis partagé, entente) agreement ( sur on)en or d'accord avec quelqu'un — in agreement with somebody
je suis/je ne suis pas d'accord pour payer — I am/I am not willing to pay
je ne suis pas d'accord pour que nous fassions — I am not in favour [BrE] of our doing
se mettre or tomber d'accord — to come to an agreement
mettre tout le monde d'accord — ( du même avis) to bring everybody round [BrE] to the same way of thinking; ( mettre fin aux querelles) to put an end to the argument
tu es d'accord pour la plage? — (colloq) are you on for the beach? (colloq)
‘on signe?’ - ‘d'accord’ — (colloq) ‘shall we sign?’ - ‘OK (colloq), all right’
4) (entre personnes, couleurs, styles) harmonyêtre en accord avec — (avec écrit, tradition, promesse) to be in keeping ou consistent with
5) Linguistique agreement•Phrasal Verbs:* * *akɔʀ nm1) (= entente, convention) agreementd'un commun accord — by common consent, by mutual agreement
2) (= consentement) agreement, consentdonner son accord — to give one's consent, to agree
d'accord! — OK!, all right!
3) LINGUISTIQUE agreement4) (entre des styles, tons) harmony5) MUSIQUE chordaccord parfait MUSIQUE — tonic chord
* * *accord nm1 ( consentement) consent (à to), agreement (à to); donner son accord à qch to give one's consent to sth, to agree to sth; d'un commun accord by common consent ou mutual agreement;2 ( pacte) agreement (portant sur on); ( non formel) understanding; accord de conciliation/cessez-le-feu conciliation/ceasefire agreement; conclure un accord to enter into an agreement; accords de commerce or commerciaux trade agreements; accords bilatéraux bilateral agreements;3 (avis partagé, entente) agreement (sur on); décider qch en or d'accord avec qn to decide sth in agreement with sb; être d'accord to agree; je suis/je ne suis pas d'accord avec toi là-dessus I agree/I disagree with you on this; je suis d'accord que I agree (that); Pierre est d'accord pour faire Pierre has agreed to do; je suis/je ne suis pas d'accord pour payer I am/I am not willing to pay; je ne suis pas d'accord pour que nous fassions I am not in favourGB of our doing; je demeure d'accord avec vous sur ce point I am in agreement with you on this point; se mettre or tomber d'accord to come to an agreement; mettre tout le monde d'accord ( du même avis) to bring everybody roundGB to the same way of thinking; ( mettre fin aux querelles) to put an end to the argument; tu es d'accord pour la plage○? are you on for the beach○?; ‘on signe?’-‘d'accord’○ ‘shall we sign?’-‘OK○’, ‘all right’, ‘fine’;4 (entre personnes, couleurs, styles) harmony; vivre en accord to live in harmony; un accord parfait règne entre eux they have a very harmonious relationship; être en accord avec (avec écrit, tradition, promesse) to be in keeping ou consistent with; en accord avec le reste du mobilier in keeping with the rest of the furniture; agir en accord avec le règlement/ses principes to act in accordance with the rules/one's principles;5 Ling agreement; accord en genre/en nombre gender/number agreement; faire l'accord to make the agreement;accord à l'amiable informal agreement; accord de contingentement quota agreement; accord de gré à gré mutual agreement; accord de paiement Écon trade agreement; accord de principe agreement in principle; accord salarial Entr wage settlement; accords de crédit Fin credit arrangements; Accord général sur les tarifs douaniers et le commerce General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, GATT.[akɔr] nom masculin2. [entente] agreement[harmonie] harmony3. [convention] agreementaccord d'entreprise ou d'établissement collective agreementles accords d'Évianthe agreement signed on 18 March 1962 establishing a cease-fire in Algeria and recognizing the country's independenceles accords de Grenellean agreement between the government and trade unions (27 May, 1968) improving wages and working conditions and aimed at ending workers' support for student disturbancesaccord en genre/nombre gender/number agreement[réglage] tuningaccord parfait triad ou common chordd'accord locution adverbialeils ne sont pas d'accord they don't agree, they disagreeje suis d'accord pour qu'on lui dise I agree that she should be told ou to her being tolda. [je refuse] no (way)!b. [c'est faux] I disagree!tu viens? — d'accord are you coming? — OKmettez-vous d'accord, je ne comprends rien à ce que vous dites get your story straight, I can't understand a word of what you're sayingmettons-nous bien d'accord, c'est vous le responsable let's get one thing straight, you're in chargeen accord avec locution prépositionnelleen accord avec quelqu'un: en accord avec le chef de service, nous avons décidé que... together with the head of department, we have decided thaten accord avec notre politique commerciale in line with ou in keeping with our business policyI quite ou totally agree. Je suis tout à fait d'accordI couldn't agree (with you) more. Je suis entièrement de votre avisI agree wholeheartedly with what you said. Je suis entièrement d'accord avec ce que tu as ditI'm inclined to agree (with you). Je suis assez d'accord (avec toi)You're quite ou absolutely right. Vous avez absolument raisonI think you were right to tell him to leave. À mon avis, vous avez eu raison de lui dire de partirThat's just ou exactly what I was thinking. C'est exactement ce que je pensaisThose are my feelings exactly. Je partage votre sentiment là-dessusI couldn't have put it better myself. Je n'aurais pas dit mieux moi-mêmeI would have done exactly the same in your situation. À ta place, j'aurais fait exactement la même choseYou've made the right decision there. Tu as pris la bonne décisionI'll go along with that. Je suis d'accordThat's fine ou OK by me. Pas de problèmeThat sounds like a good idea. Ça semble être une bonne idéeI don't see why not. Pourquoi pas ? -
32 adeo
1.ăd-ĕo, ĭī, and rarely īvi, ĭtum (arch. adirier for adiri, Enn. Rib. Trag. p. 59), 4, v. n. and a. (acc. to Paul. ex Fest. should be accented a/deo; v. Fest. s. v. adeo, p. 19 Müll.; cf. the foll. word), to go to or approach a person or thing (syn.: accedo, aggredior, advenio, appeto).I.Lit.A.In gen., constr.(α).With ad (very freq.): sed tibi cautim est adeundum ad virum, Att. ap. Non. 512, 10:(β).neque eum ad me adire neque me magni pendere visu'st,
Plaut. Cur. 2, 2, 12:adeamne ad eam?
Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; id. Eun. 3, 5, 30: aut ad consules aut ad te aut ad Brutum adissent, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 208, 5:ad M. Bibulum adierunt, id. Fragm. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: ad aedis nostras nusquam adiit,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 24:adibam ad istum fundum,
Cic. Caec. 29 —With in: priusquam Romam atque in horum conventum adiretis, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26 ed. Halm.—Esp.: adire in jus, to go to law:(γ).cum ad praetorem in jus adissemus,
Cic. Verr. 4, § 147; id. Att. 11, 24; Caes. B. C. 1, 87, and in the Plebiscit. de Thermens. lin. 42: QVO DE EA RE IN IOVS ADITVM ERIT, cf. Dirks., Versuche S. p. 193.—Absol.:(δ).adeunt, consistunt, copulantur dexteras,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 38:eccum video: adibo,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 5.—With acc.:B.ne Stygeos adeam non libera manes,
Ov. M. 13, 465:voces aetherias adiere domos,
Sil. 6, 253:castrorum vias,
Tac. A. 2, 13:municipia,
id. ib. 39:provinciam,
Suet. Aug. 47:non poterant adire eum,
Vulg. Luc. 8, 19:Graios sales carmine patrio,
to attain to, Verg. Cat. 11, 62; so with latter supine:planioribus aditu locis,
places easier to approach, Liv. 1, 33.—With local adv.:quoquam,
Sall. J. 14:huc,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 60.—Esp.,1.To approach one for the purpose of addressing, asking aid, consulting, and the like, to address, apply to, consult (diff. from aggredior, q. v.). —Constr. with ad or oftener with acc.; hence also pass.:2.quanto satius est, adire blandis verbis atque exquaerere, sintne illa, etc.,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 35:aliquot me adierunt,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 2:adii te heri de filia,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 9: cum pacem peto, cum placo, cum adeo, et cum appello meam, Lucil. ap. Non. 237, 28:ad me adire quosdam memini, qui dicerent,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10:coram adire et alloqui,
Tac. H. 4, 65.— Pass.:aditus consul idem illud responsum retulit,
when applied to, Liv. 37, 6 fin.:neque praetores adiri possent,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5.—Hence: adire aliquem per epistulam, to address one in writing, by a letter:per epistulam, aut per nuntium, quasi regem, adiri eum aiunt,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 9 and 10; cf. Tac. A. 4, 39; id. H. 1, 9.—So also: adire deos, aras, deorum sedes, etc., to approach the gods, their altars, etc., as a suppliant (cf.:acced. ad aras,
Lucr. 5, 1199): quoi me ostendam? quod templum adeam? Att. ap. Non. 281, 6:ut essent simulacra, quae venerantes deos ipsos se adire crederent,
Cic. N. D. 1, 27:adii Dominum et deprecatus sum,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21:aras,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:sedes deorum,
Tib. 1, 5, 39:libros Sibyllinos,
to consult the Sibylline Books, Liv. 34, 55; cf. Tac. A. 1, 76:oracula,
Verg. A. 7, 82.—To go to a thing in order to examine it, to visit:3.oppida castellaque munita,
Sall. J. 94:hiberna,
Tac. H. 1, 52.—To come up to one in a hostile manner, to assail, attack:II.aliquem: nunc prior adito tu, ego in insidiis hic ero,
Ter. Ph. 1, 4, 52:nec quisquam ex agmine tanto audet adire virum,
Verg. A. 5, 379:Servilius obvia adire arma jubetur,
Sil. 9, 272.Fig.A.To go to the performance of any act, to enter upon, to undertake, set about, undergo, submit to (cf.: accedo, aggredior, and adorior).—With ad or the acc. (class.):B.nunc eam rem vult, scio, mecum adire ad pactionem,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 25:tum primum nos ad causas et privatas et publicas adire coepimus,
Cic. Brut. 90:adii causas oratorum, id. Fragm. Scaur. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: adire ad rem publicam,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70:ad extremum periculum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 7.—With acc.:periculum capitis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38:laboribus susceptis periculisque aditis,
id. Off. 1, 19:in adeundis periculis,
id. ib. 24; cf.:adeundae inimicitiae, subeundae saepe pro re publica tempestates,
id. Sest. 66, 139: ut vitae periculum aditurus videretur, Auct. B. G. 8, 48: maximos labores et summa pericula. Nep. Timol. 5:omnem fortunam,
Liv. 25, 10:dedecus,
Tac. A. 1, 39:servitutem voluntariam,
id. G. 24:invidiam,
id. A. 4, 70:gaudia,
Tib. 1, 5, 39.—Hence of an inheritance, t. t., to enter on:cum ipse hereditatem patris non adisses,
Cic. Phil. 2, 16; so id. Arch. 5; Suet. Aug. 8 and Dig.;hence also: adire nomen,
to assume the name bequeathed by will, Vell. 2, 60.—Adire manum alicui, prov., to deceive one, to make sport of (the origin of this phrase is unc.; Acidalius conjectures that it arose from some artifice practised in wrestling, Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 8):2.eo pacto avarae Veneri pulcre adii manum,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 11; so id. Aul. 2, 8, 8; id. Cas. 5, 2, 54; id. Pers. 5, 2, 18.ăd-ĕō̆, adv. [cf. quoad and adhuc] (acc. to Festus, it should be accented adéo, v. the preced. word; but this distinction is merely a later invention of the grammarians; [p. 33] cf. Gell. 7, 7).I.In the ante-class. per.,A.To designate the limit of space or time, with reference to the distance passed through; hence often accompanied by usque (cf. ad), to this, thus far, so far, as far.1.Of space:2.surculum artito usque adeo, quo praeacueris,
fit in the scion as far as you have sharpened it, Cato, R. R. 40, 3.— Hence: res adeo rediit, the affair has gone so far (viz., in deterioration, “cum aliquid pejus exspectatione contigit,” Don. ad Ter. Ph. 1, 2, 5):postremo adeo res rediit: adulescentulus saepe eadem et graviter audiendo victus est,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 61; cf. id. Ph. 1, 2, 5.—Of time, so long ( as), so long ( till), strengthened by usque, and with dum, donec, following, and in Cic. with quoad:B.merces vectatum undique adeo dum, quae tum haberet, peperisset bona,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 76; 3, 4, 72; id. Am. 1, 2, 10 al.:nusquam destitit instare, suadere, orare, usque adeo donec perpulit,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 36; Cato, R. R. 67; id. ib. 76:atque hoc scitis omnes usque adeo hominem in periculo fuisse, quoad scitum sit Sestium vivere,
Cic. Sest. 38, 82.—For the purpose of equalizing two things in comparison, followed by ut: in the same degree or measure or proportion... in which; or so very, so much, so, to such a degree... as (only in comic poets), Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 38:C.adeon hominem esse invenustum aut infelicem quemquam, ut ego sum?
Ter. And. 1, 5, 10.—Also followed by quasi, when the comparison relates to similarity:gaudere adeo coepit, quasi qui cupiunt nuptias,
in the same manner as those rejoice who desire marriage, Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 12.—(Only in the comic poets) = ad haec, praeterea, moreover, besides, too: ibi tibi adeo lectus dabitur, ubi tu haud somnum capias ( beside the other annoyances), a bed, too, shall be given you there, etc., Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 80.—Hence also with etiam:D.adeo etiam argenti faenus creditum audio,
besides too, id. Most. 3, 1, 101.—(Only in the comic poets.) Adeo ut, for this purpose that, to the end that:E.id ego continuo huic dabo, adeo me ut hic emittat manu,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 32:id adeo te oratum advenio, ut, etc.,
id. Aul. 4, 10, 9:adeo ut tu meam sententiam jam jam poscere possis, faciam, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 2, 26 (where Wagner now reads at ut):atque adeo ut scire possis, factum ego tecum hoc divido,
id. Stich. 5, 4, 15. (These passages are so interpreted by Hand, I. p. 138; others regard adeo here = quin immo.)—In narration, in order to put one person in strong contrast with another. It may be denoted by a stronger emphasis upon the word to be made conspicuous, or by yet, on the contrary, etc.:II.jam ille illuc ad erum cum advenerit, narrabit, etc.: ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 4 sq.; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 8 al.To the Latin of every period belongs the use of this word,A.To give emphasis to an idea in comparison, so, so much, so very, with verbs, adjectives, and substantives:B.adeo ut spectare postea omnīs oderit,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 65:neminem quidem adeo infatuare potuit, ut ei nummum ullum crederet,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:adeoque inopia est coactus Hannibal, ut, etc.,
Liv. 22, 32, 3 Weiss.:et voltu adeo modesto, adeo venusto, ut nil supra,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 92:nemo adeo ferus est, ut, etc.,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39.—With usque:adeo ego illum cogam usque, ut mendicet meus pater,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 10:usque adeo turbatur,
even so much, so continually, Verg. E. 1, 12; Curt. 10, 1, 42; Luc. 1, 366.—In questions:adeone me fuisse fungum, ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49:adeone hospes hujus urbis, adeone ignarus es disciplinae consuetudinisque nostrae, ut haec nescias?
Cic. Rab. 10, 28; so id. Phil. 2, 7, 15; id. Fam. 9, 10; Liv. 2, 7, 10; 5, 6, 4.—With a negative in both clauses, also with quin in the last:non tamen adeo virtutum sterile saeculum, ut non et bona exempla prodiderit,
Tac. H. 1, 3; so Suet. Oth. 9:verum ego numquam adeo astutus fui, quin, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 13.—Sometimes the concluding clause is to be supplied from the first: quis genus Aeneadum, quis Trojae nesciat urbem?... non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poeni, viz.,
that we know not the Trojans and their history, Verg. A. 1, 565:adeo senuerunt Juppiter et Mars?
Juv. 6, 59.—Hence (post-Cic.): adeo non ut... adeo nihil ut... so little that, so far from that... (in reference to which, it should be noticed that in Latin the negative is blended with the verb in one idea, which is qualified by adeo) = tantum abest ut: haec dicta adeo nihil moverunt quemquam, ut legati prope violati sint, these words left them all so unmoved that, etc., or had so little effect, etc., Liv. 3, 2, 7: qui adeo non tenuit iram, ut gladio cinctum in senatum venturum se esse palam diceret, who restrained his anger so little that, etc. (for, qui non—tenuit iram adeo, ut), id. 8, 7, 5; so 5, 45, 4; Vell. 2, 66, 4: Curt. 3, 12, 22.—Also with contra in the concluding clause:apud hostes Afri et Carthaginienses adeo non sustinebant, ut contra etiam pedem referrent,
Liv. 30, 34, 5. —Adeo is placed enclitically after its word, like quidem, certe, and the Gr. ge, even, indeed, just, precisely. So,1.Most freq. with pronouns, in order to render prominent something before said, or foll., or otherwise known (cf. in Gr. egôge, suge, autos ge, etc., Viger. ed. Herm. 489, vi. and Zeun.): argentariis male credi qui aiunt, nugas praedicant: nam et bene et male credi dico; id adeo hodie ego expertus sum, just this (touto ge), Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 1; so id. Aul. 2, 4, 10; 4, 2, 15; id. Am. 1, 1, 98; 1, 2, 6; id. Ep. 1, 1, 51; 2, 2, 31; 5, 2, 40; id. Poen. 1, 2, 57: plerique homines, quos, cum nihil refert, pudet;2.ubi pudendum'st ibi eos deserit pudor, is adeo tu es,
you are just such a one, id. Ep. 2, 1, 2:cui tu obsecutus, facis huic adeo injuriam,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 68: tute adeo jam ejus verba audies, you yourself shall hear what he has to say (suge akousêi), Ter. And. 3, 3, 27: Dolabella tuo nihil scito mihi esse jucundius: hanc adeo habebo gratiam illi, i. e. hanc, quae maxima est, gratiam (tautên ge tên charin), Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16:haec adeo ex illo mihi jam speranda fuerunt,
even this, Verg. A. 11, 275.—It is often to be translated by the intensive and, and just, etc. (so esp. in Cic. and the histt.): id adeo, si placet, considerate, just that (touto ge skopeite), Cic. Caec. 30, 87:id adeo ex ipso senatus consulto cognoscite,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, 143; cf. id. Clu. 30, 80:ad hoc quicumque aliarum atque senatus partium erant, conturbari remp., quam minus valere ipsi malebant. Id adeo malum multos post annos in civitatem reverterat,
And just this evil, Sall. C. 37, 11; so 37, 2; id. J. 68, 3; Liv. 2, 29, 9; 4, 2, 2: id adeo manifestum erit, si cognoverimus, etc., and this, precisely this, will be evident, if, etc., Quint. 2, 16, 18 Spald.—It is rarely used with ille:ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 6.—Sometimes with the rel. pron.: quas adeo haud quisquam liber umquam tetigit, Plaut: Poen. 1, 2, 57; Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37. —With interrog. pron.:Quis adeo tam Latinae linguae ignarus est, quin, etc.,
Gell. 7, 17.—Adeo is joined with the pers. pron. when the discourse passes from one person to another, and attention is to be particularly directed to the latter: Juppiter, tuque adeo summe Sol, qui res omnes inspicis, and thou especially, and chiefly thou, Enn. ap. Prob.:teque adeo decus hoc aevi inibit,
Verg. E. 4, 11; id. G. 1, 24: teque, Neptune, invoco, vosque adeo venti, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 34, 73;and without the copulative: vos adeo... item ego vos virgis circumvinciam,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 25.— Ego adeo often stands for ego quidem, equidem (egôge):tum libertatem Chrysalo largibere: ego adeo numquam accipiam,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 30; so id. Mil. 4, 4, 55; id. Truc. 4, 3, 73:ego adeo hanc primus inveni viam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 16:nec me adeo fallit,
Verg. A. 4, 96.—Ipse adeo (autos ge), for the sake of emphasis:atque hercle ipsum adeo contuor,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 24:ipsum adeo praesto video cum Davo,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 4:ipse adeo senis ductor Rhoeteus ibat pulsibus,
Sil. 14, 487.—With the conditional conjj. si, nisi, etc. (Gr. ei ge), if indeed, if truly:3.nihili est autem suum qui officium facere immemor est, nisi adeo monitus,
unless, indeed, he is reminded of it, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 2: Si. Num illi molestae quippiam hae sunt nuptiae? Da. Nihil Hercle: aut si adeo, bidui est aut tridui haec sollicitudo, and if, indeed, etc. (not if also, for also is implied in aut), Ter. And. 2, 6, 7.—With adverbs: nunc adeo (nun ge), Plaut. As. 3, 1, 29; id. Mil. 2, 2, 4; id. Merc. 2, 2, 57; id. Men. 1, 2, 11; id. Ps. 1, 2, 52; id. Rud. 3, 4, 23; Ter. And. 4, 5, 26; Verg. A. 9, 156: jam adeo (dê ge), id. ib. 5, 268; Sil. 1, 20; 12, 534; Val. Fl. 3, 70. umquam adeo, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23:4.inde adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 1:hinc adeo,
Verg. E. 9, 59: sic adeo (houtôs ge), id. A. 4, 533; Sil. 12, 646:vix adeo,
Verg. A. 6, 498:non adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 57; Verg. A. 11, 436. —With adjectives = vel, indeed, even, very, fully:5.quot adeo cenae, quas deflevi, mortuae!
how very many suppers, Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 59: quotque adeo fuerint, qui temnere superbum... Lucil. ap. Non. 180, 2: nullumne malorum finem adeo poenaeque dabis (adeo separated from nullum by poet. license)? wilt thou make no end at all to calamity and punishment? Val. Fl. 4, 63:trīs adeo incertos caeca caligine soles erramus,
three whole days we wander about, Verg. A. 3, 203; 7, 629.—And with comp. or the adv. magis, multo, etc.:quae futura et quae facta, eloquar: multo adeo melius quam illi, cum sim Juppiter,
very much better, Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 3; so id. Truc. 2, 1, 5:magis adeo id facilitate quam aliā ullā culpā meā, contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15.—With the conjj. sive, aut, vel, in order to annex a more important thought, or to make a correction, or indeed, or rather, or even only:6.sive qui ipsi ambīssent, seu per internuntium, sive adeo aediles perfidiose quoi duint,
Plaut. Am. prol. 71:si hercle scivissem, sive adeo joculo dixisset mihi, se illam amare,
id. Merc. 5, 4, 33; so id. Truc. 4, 3, 1; id. Men. 5, 2, 74; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 9: nam si te tegeret pudor, sive adeo cor sapientia imbutum foret, Pacuv. ap. Non. 521, 10:mihi adeunda est ratio, quā ad Apronii quaestum, sive adeo, quā ad istius ingentem immanemque praedam possim pervenire,
or rather, Cic. Verr 2, 3, 46, 110; Verg. A. 11, 369; so, atque adeo:ego princeps in adjutoribus atque adeo secundus,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 9.—With the imperative, for emphasis, like tandem, modo, dum, the Germ. so, and the Gr. ge (cf. L. and S.), now, I pray:C.propera adeo puerum tollere hinc ab janua,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 20 (cf. xullabete g auton, Soph. Phil. 1003).—Like admodum or nimis, to give emphasis to an idea (for the most part only in comic poets, and never except with the positive of the adj.; cf. Consent. 2023 P.), indeed, truly, so very, so entirely:D.nam me ejus spero fratrem propemodum jam repperisse adulescentem adeo nobilem,
so very noble, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 123:nec sum adeo informis,
nor am I so very ugly, Verg. E. 2, 25:nam Caii Luciique casu non adeo fractus,
Suet. Aug. 65:et merito adeo,
and with perfect right, Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 42:etiam num credis te ignorarier aut tua facta adeo,
do you, then, think that they are ignorant of you or your conduct entirely? id. Ph. 5, 8, 38.—To denote what exceeds expectation, even: quam omnium Thebis vir unam esse optimam dijudicat, quamque adeo cives Thebani rumificant probam, and whom even the Thebans (who are always ready to speak evil of others) declare to be an honest woman, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 44.— Hence also it denotes something added to the rest of the sentence, besides, too, over and above, usually in the connection: -que adeo (rare, and never in prose; cf.III.adhuc, I.): quin te Di omnes perdant qui me hodie oculis vidisti tuis, meque adeo scelestum,
and me too, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 122; cf. id. 4, 2, 32:haec adeo tibi me, ipsa palam fari omnipotens Saturnia jussit,
Verg. A. 7, 427.After Caesar and Cicero (the only instance of this use adduced from Cicero's works, Off. 1, 11, 36, being found in a passage rejected by the best critics, as B. and K.).A.For adding an important and satisfactory reason to an assertion, and then it always stands at the beginning of the clause, indeed, for:B.cum Hanno perorāsset, nemini omnium cum eo certare necesse fuit: adeo prope omnis senatus Hannibalis erat: the idea is,
Hanno's speech, though so powerful, was ineffectual, and did not need a reply; for all the senators belonged to the party of Hannibal, Liv. 21, 11, 1; so id. 2, 27, 3; 2, 28, 2; 8, 37, 2; Tac. Ann. 1, 50, 81; Juv. 3, 274; 14, 233.—Also for introducing a parenthesis: sed ne illi quidem ipsi satis mitem gentem fore (adeo ferocia atque indomita [p. 34] ingenia esse) ni subinde auro... principum animi concilientur, Liv. 21, 20, 8; so id. 9, 26, 17; 3, 4, 2; Tac. A. 2, 28.—When to a specific fact a general consideration is added as a reason for it, so, thus (in Livy very often):C.haud dubius, facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore: adeo non fortuna modo, sed ratio etiam cum barbaris stabat,
thus not only fortune, but sagacity, was on the side of the barbarians, Liv. 5, 38, 4:adeo ex parvis saepe magnarum momenta rerum pendent,
id. 27, 9, 1; so id. 4, 31, 5; 21, 33, 6; 28, 19; Quint. 1, 12, 7; Curt. 10, 2, 11; Tac. Agr. 1:adeo in teneris consuescere multum est,
Verg. G. 2, 272.—In advancing from one thought to another more important = immo, rather, indeed, nay: nulla umquam res publica ubi tantus paupertati ac parsimoniae honos fuerit: adeo, quanto rerum minus, tanto minus cupiditatis erat, Liv. praef. 11; so Gell. 11, 7; Symm. Ep. 1, 30, 37.—D.With a negative after ne—quidem or quoque, so much the more or less, much less than, still less (post-Aug.):hujus totius temporis fortunam ne deflere quidem satis quisquam digne potuit: adeo nemo exprimere verbis potest,
still less can one describe: it by words, Vell. 2, 67, 1:ne tecta quidem urbis, adeo publicum consilium numquam adiit,
still less, Tac. A. 6, 15; so id. H. 3, 64; Curt. 7, 5, 35:favore militum anxius et superbia viri aequalium quoque, adeo superiorum intolerantis,
who could not endure his equals even, much less his superiors, Tac. H. 4, 80.—So in gen., after any negative: quaelibet enim ex iis artibus in paucos libros contrahi solet: adeo infinito spatio ac traditione opus non est, so much the less is there need, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 16; Plin. 17, 12, 35, § 179; Tac. H. 3, 39.—(The assumption of a causal signif. of adeo = ideo, propterea, rests upon false readings. For in Cael. Cic. Fam. 8, 15 we should read ideo, B. and K., and in Liv. 24, 32, 6, ad ea, Weiss.).—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 135-155. -
33 ὑπό
ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπάAἈρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
,ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149,ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), andὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)A WITH GENITIVE,I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
;ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
;περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt.,τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
;αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
;τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion,ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
;βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
;ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
;κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
;ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
;νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
;τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
;δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; , cf. Th.7, al.;πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
;ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; (anap.);ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
;ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
;ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
;ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
;ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
;ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
;ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
;Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.3 freq. of things as well as persons,ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
;κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.);χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
;ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
;χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
;ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33;οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
;ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
;ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ;ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.5 of accompanying music, to give the time,κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278;ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.);ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.;ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
;ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
;ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.);ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
;χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
;ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7;οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
;ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
;τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12;ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782;ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
;ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.;ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
;ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; (lyr.);ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
;ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.4 behind,ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of,ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
;ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
;ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
;βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
;ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
;ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete);ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156;ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
;ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense,ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64;ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
;κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
;ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
;τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
;τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
;ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances,ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
;αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
;ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
;ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
;ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
;ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
;παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
;ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
;ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.;ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.);ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
;τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
;τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.;ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
;ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); alsoἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
;Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
;ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
;τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.);οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.);ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.);κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.;ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
;μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v.πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
;ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
;εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf.αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position.κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; ,al.3 of the logical subordination of things under a class,τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
;ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
;ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
;τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74;ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.ἥλιος 11.1
);ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.);τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.);στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes);μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
;ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
;ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
;ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.);ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.IV of accompaniment,ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
;ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.F IN COMPOSITION:I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111. -
34 καί
καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.① marker of connections, andⓐ single wordsα. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.2 χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.ⓑ clauses and sentencesα. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.2 p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.ⓒ oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.ⓓ After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.ⓔ introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.ⓕ καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.② marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.ⓐ simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).ⓑ intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: … even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.ⓒ In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).ⓓ w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.ⓔ after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.ⓕ used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.ⓖ used pleonastically w. prep.α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).ⓗ w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.ⓘ with other particlesα. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.2 35–37.γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT. -
35 hecho
adj.1 made, done.2 made, created.intj.1 done.2 agreed.m.1 fact, point of fact, event, happening.2 act, feat, deed, action.past part.past participle of spanish verb: hacer.* * *1 (realidad) fact2 (suceso) event, incident————————1→ link=hacer hacer► adjetivo1 (carne) done2 (persona) mature3 (frase, expresión) set4 (ropa) ready-made1 (realidad) fact2 (suceso) event, incident► interjección ¡hecho!1 done!, agreed!\a lo hecho pecho it's no use crying over spilt milk¡bien hecho! well done!de hecho in factel hecho es que... the fact is that...eso está hecho figurado that won't take long, that'll only take a minuteestar hecho,-a un,-a... to be...■ está hecho un vago he's a real waster, he's a real layabouthecho,-a a mano handmadehecho,-a a máquina machine-madehecho,-a en casa home-madehechos son amores actions speak louder than wordslo hecho hecho está what's done is doneser un hombre hecho y derecho to be a real manhecho consumado fait accomplihecho de armas feat of armsHechos de los Apóstoles RELIGIÓN Acts of the Apostles* * *1. noun m.1) fact2) deed3) event2. (f. - hecha)adj.1) done, made2) finished* * *1.PP de hacer2. ADJ1) (=realizado) donesi le dijiste que no fuera, mal hecho — if you told him not to go, then you were wrong o you shouldn't have
¡hecho! — (=de acuerdo) agreed!, it's a deal!
2) (=manufacturado) made¿de qué está hecho? — what's it made of?
3) (=acabado) done, finished; (=listo) readyel trabajo ya está hecho — the work is done o finished
¿está hecha la comida? — is dinner ready?
4) (Culin)a) (=maduro) [queso, vino] mature; [fruta] ripeb) (=cocinado)muy hecho — (=bien) well-cooked; (=demasiado) overdone
no muy hecho, poco hecho — underdone, undercooked
un filete poco o no muy hecho — a rare steak
5) (=convertido en)ella, hecha una furia, se lanzó — she hurled herself furiously
6) [persona]hecho y derecho —
7) (=acostumbrado)3. SM1) (=acto)hechos, y o que no palabras — actions speak louder than words
2) (=realidad) fact; (=suceso) eventel hecho es que... — the fact is that...
un hecho histórico — (=acontecimiento) an historic event; (=dato) a historical fact
hecho imponible — (Econ) taxable source of income
3)de hecho — in fact, as a matter of fact
de hecho, yo no sé nada de eso — in fact o as a matter of fact, I don't know anything about that
4) (Jur)* * *I1) ( manufacturado) madebien/mal hecho — well/badly made
2) ( refiriéndose a acción)lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done
3) ( convertido en)tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil
4) ( acostumbrado)hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something
5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)IIhecho! — it's a deal!, done!
- cha adjetivo1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged
3) (esp Esp) < carne> doneIIIun filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
1)a) (acto, acción)ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done
b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event2) (realidad, verdad) factel hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...
3)* * *I1) ( manufacturado) madebien/mal hecho — well/badly made
2) ( refiriéndose a acción)lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done
3) ( convertido en)tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil
4) ( acostumbrado)hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something
5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)IIhecho! — it's a deal!, done!
- cha adjetivo1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged
3) (esp Esp) < carne> doneIIIun filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
1)a) (acto, acción)ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done
b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event2) (realidad, verdad) factel hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...
3)* * *hecho11 = event, fact, deed.Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.
Ex: Apart from the fact that different librarians may consult different reference sources, there are other factors which may lead different cataloguers to different decisions.Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.* apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.* cegarse ante el hecho de que = blind + Pronombre + to the fact that.* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.* demostración del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.* desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.* dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.* enfrentarse al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.* enunciado de los hechos = statement of fact.* estado de hecho = rule of men.* explicar + Posesivo + versión de los hechos = explain + Posesivo + side of the story.* exposición de los hechos = statement of fact.* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.* hecho casual = coincidence, chance happening.* hecho consumado = fait accompli.* hecho demostrado = established fact.* hecho ineludible = hard fact.* hecho real = brute fact.* hechos dispersos = random facts.* hechos, los = plain fact, the.* hechos reales = true story.* no prestar atención al hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.* olvidarse del hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.* pareja de hecho = common-law husband, common-law wife, common-law marriage.* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.* perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.* por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.* por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.* presunción de hecho = prima facie.* prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.* ser un hecho ampliamente aceptado = it + be + widely agreed.* ser un hecho ampliamente reconocido = it + be + widely recognised.* ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.* ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.* ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.* ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.* sin meternos en el hecho de que = to say nothing of.* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.* verificación de los hechos = fact checking.hecho22 = executed.Ex: What was pinned up ranged from sheets of paper with nothing more written on them than a title and author to elaborate and beautifully executed illustrations.
* a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* bien hecho = well-rendered, well done.* cartón hecho de paja = strawboard.* comprar Algo hecho en serie = buy + off-the-shelf.* comprar Algo ya hecho de antemano = buy + off-the-shelf.* cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.* dado por hecho = foregone.* dando por hecho que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.* dar por hecho = take for + granted.* dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.* dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be two of a kind, be a right pair.* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.* estar hecho un desastre = be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.* frase hecha = bound phrase, cliche, formulaic words, formulaic phrase.* hecho a base de parches = patchwork.* hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.* hecho a máquina = machine-made.* hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.* hecho añicos = shattered.* hecho a propósito = tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored].* hecho cisco = wrecked.* hecho como de pasada = throwaway.* hecho de antemano = off-the-peg, ready-made.* hecho de encaje = lacy.* hecho de grava = metalled [metaled, -USA].* hecho de trozos = piecewise.* hecho de un modo gratuito = pro bono.* hecho en América = American-built.* hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.* hecho en el extranjero = foreign-made.* hecho en el Reino Unido = British-made.* hecho en lugar de otra persona = delegated.* hecho exclusivamente para = born and bred.* hecho exclusivamente para la web = Web-centric.* hecho expresamente para = intended for.* hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.* hecho para una única ocasión = one shot.* hecho polvo = wrecked, dog tired.* hecho por el autor = author-designated, author-prepared.* hecho por el hombre = man-made.* hecho por encargo = tailor-made [tailormade], bespoke, custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], made-to-order, made to measure.* hecho por la OCLC = OCLC-produced.* hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].* hecho por multicopista = mimeographed.* hecho por uno mismo = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], home-produced, self-made.* hecho puré = mashed.* hecho recientemente = fresh-made.* hechos el uno para el otro = made for each other.* hecho una salsa = saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].* hecho una sopa = drenched to the skin, wringing wet, soaked to the skin, soaking wet, wet through to the skin.* hecho un desastre = in shambles, like the wreck of the Hesperus, upside down.* hecho un toro = as strong as an ox.* hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.* mal hecho para = ill suited to/for.* medio hecho = halfway done, half done.* menos hecho = rarer.* páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.* papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.* papel hecho a máquina = machine-made paper.* papel verjurado hecho a máquina = machine-made laid paper.* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic.* recién hecho = hot off the griddle.* resumen hecho para una disciplina concreta = discipline-oriented abstract.* sistema informático hecho por encargo = tailored system.* solución hecha = cut-and-dried solution.* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.* un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.* * *ppA (manufacturado) madehecho a mano handmadehecho a máquina machine-made, machine-producedun traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suitestá muy bien/mal hecho it's very well/badly madeB(refiriéndose a una acción): ¡bien hecho! así aprenderá well done! o good for you! that'll teach himtomé la decisión yo solo — pues mal hecho, tenías que haberlo consultado I took the decision myself — well you shouldn't have (done), you should have discussed it with himlo hecho, hecho está it's no use crying over spilled milkC(convertido en): estaba hecho una fiera or furia he was livid o furiousestá hecha una foca she's got(ten) really fatse apareció hecho un mamarracho he turned up looking a real messme dejaron con los nervios hechos trizas when they finished my nerves were in tatters o in shreds o ( colloq) shot to piecestú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devilD (acostumbrado) hecho A algo used o accustomed TO sthun hombre muy hecho a la vida en el campo a man well used to o quite accustomed to life in the countryE ( como interj)(expresando acuerdo): ¡hecho! it's a deal!, done!A ‹ropa› ready-to-wear, off-the-pegcon ese físico se puede comprar los trajes hechos with his build he can buy ready-to-wear suits o he can buy his suits off the pegB (terminado) ‹trabajo› donehecho y derecho: un hombre hecho y derecho a grown o a fully grown manun abogado hecho y derecho a fully-fledged lawyerya es un jugador hecho y derecho he is already an inveterate o a confirmed gamblerC ( esp Esp) ‹carne› doneun filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steakEA1(acto, acción): ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos those are just words, I want actiondemuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about itno es el hecho en sí de que me lo haya robado lo que me duele sino … it's not the actual theft that upsets me but …, it's not the fact that she stole it from me that upsets me but …2 (suceso, acontecimiento) eventhechos como la caída del gobierno de Castillo events such as the fall of the Castillo governmentlos documentos hallados en el lugar de los hechos the documents found at the scene of the crimelimítese el testigo a relatar los hechos the witness will please limit o confine his testimony to the factsCompuestos:fait accompli( frml); battle( frml); violent crime ( involving bloodshed)mpl:los hecho de los Apóstoles The Acts of the ApostlesB (realidad, verdad) factes un hecho conocido por todos it's a well-known factpara esa fecha los viajes espaciales ya eran un hecho by that time space travel was already a realityel hecho es que … the fact (of the matter) is that …es un gran conocedor del país, debido al hecho de que … he knows the country very well owing to the fact that o because …el hecho de que habla tres idiomas le da una gran ventaja the fact that he speaks three languages gives him a great advantageel hecho DE QUE + SUBJ:el hecho de que mucha gente lo compre no quiere decir que sea un buen periódico the fact that a lot of people buy it doesn't make it a good newspaper, just because a lot of people buy it doesn't mean that it's a good newspaperCde hecho: de hecho, ya es significativo que haya hecho esa propuesta the fact that he has made such a proposal is in itself significantno fue una sorpresa, de hecho, me avisaron el mes pasado it didn't come as a surprise; in fact they warned me only last monthél es el director pero de hecho la que manda es ella he's the director, but she's the one who actually runs the place, he's the director, but in reality o in actual fact she's the one who runs the place* * *
Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)
hecho es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
hacer
hecho
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
aún queda mucho por hecho there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hecho to make a lot of work
3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
4
◊ hecho caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);
hecho pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hecho sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'
5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;
tengo que hecho la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
1
¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hecho ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?
2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;
¡qué le vamos a hecho! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hechola buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hecho algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hecho de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)
me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hecho que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sthb)◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;
hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):◊ déjame hecho a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;
la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hecho de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hecho v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;
hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;
¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself
5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
1
se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing oldb) ( resultar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believec) ( impers):
se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?
2 ( acostumbrarse) hechose a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hechose pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
5
( de amigos) to make
hecho 1
1 ( manufacturado) made;
un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit;
bien/mal hecho well/badly made
2 ( refiriéndose a acción):◊ ¡bien hecho! well done!;
no le avisé — pues mal hecho I didn't let him know — well you should have (done);
lo hecho, hecho está what's done is done
3 ( convertido en):
tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
■ adjetivo
◊ un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak
hecho 2 sustantivo masculino
1a) (acto, acción):◊ yo quiero hechos I want action, I want something done;
demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
2 (realidad, verdad) fact;
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
hecho,-a
I adjetivo
1 (realizado) made, done: está muy bien hecho, it's really well done
2 (acostumbrado) used: está hecho a trabajar en este clima, he's used to working in this climate
3 (cocinado, cocido) done
un filete muy/poco hecho, a well-cooked/rare steak
4 (persona) mature
5 (frase) set
(ropa) ready-made
II sustantivo masculino
1 (suceso real) fact
el hecho es que..., the fact is that...
de hecho, in fact ➣ Ver nota en actually 2 (obra, acción) act, deed
3 (acontecimiento, caso) event, incident
III interj ¡hecho!, it's a deal! o all right!
' hecho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acontecer
- actual
- asesinar
- braga
- bribón
- bribona
- buena
- bueno
- casera
- casero
- chapucera
- chapucero
- chapuza
- chaval
- chavala
- como
- conmoverse
- considerable
- consumada
- consumado
- Cristo
- de
- despeluchar
- desvarío
- dicha
- dicho
- documentalista
- elemento
- encubrir
- entrar
- exquisita
- exquisito
- fideo
- fiera
- flan
- furia
- haber
- habilidosa
- habilidoso
- hallar
- hecha
- higo
- hojalata
- humanamente
- incidencia
- interdisciplinaria
- interdisciplinario
- jirón
- jugarreta
- lástima
English:
accept
- action
- actual
- actually
- adjust
- admission
- admit
- advance
- angry
- appease
- asbestos
- bandwagon
- bargain
- basis
- beat
- by
- challenge
- cock-up
- collar
- come
- confirm
- cry
- custom
- cut out
- damage
- deal
- decree
- delay
- deliberately
- done
- dream
- effect
- effectively
- enforce
- established
- fact
- failure
- fait accompli
- find out
- fitted
- freshly
- fully-fledged
- good
- grown
- gumbo
- hand
- handmade
- however
- hurried
- in
* * *hecho, -a♦ participiover hacer♦ adjhecho a máquina machine-made;una película bien hecha a well-made film;¡eso está hecho! it's a deal!, you're on!;¡bien hecho! well done!;¡mal hecho, me tenías que haber avisado! you were wrong not to tell me!;¿me podrás conseguir entradas? – ¡eso está hecho! will you be able to get me tickets? – it's as good as done!;lo hecho, hecho está what is done is done;Fama lo hecho, pecho: no me gusta, pero a lo hecho, pecho I don't like it, but what's done is done;tú lo hiciste, así que a lo hecho, pecho you did it, so you'll have to take what's coming2. [acabado] mature;una mujer hecha y derecha a fully grown woman;estás hecho un artista you've become quite an artist3. [carne, pasta] done;quiero el filete muy hecho/poco hecho I'd like my steak well done/rare4. [acostumbrado]estar hecho a algo/a hacer algo to be used to sth/to doing sth;está hecha a la dureza del clima she's used to the harsh climate;no estoy hecho a levantarme tan temprano I'm not used to getting up so earlycon la compra de estos zapatos creo que estoy hecho after buying these shoes I think I've got everything I need;me faltan dos materias de la carrera y estoy hecha I need to do two more subjects in my degree and that's me done♦ nm1. [suceso] event;los hechos tuvieron lugar de madrugada the events took place in the early morning;el cuerpo de la víctima fue retirado del lugar de los hechos the victim's body was removed from the scene of the crimehecho consumado fait accompli2. [realidad, dato] fact;el hecho de que seas el jefe no te da derecho a comportarte así just because you're the boss doesn't mean you have the right to behave like that;es un hecho indiscutido que… it is an indisputable fact that…;el hecho es que… the fact is that…;hecho ineludible fact of life3. [obra] action, deed;sus hechos hablan por él his actions speak for him;queremos hechos, y no promesas we want action, not promiseslos Hechos de los Apóstoles the Acts of the Apostles; Mil hecho de armas feat of arms4.de hecho [en realidad] in fact, actually;claro que lo conozco, de hecho, fuimos juntos al colegio of course I know him, indeed o in fact we actually went to school together5. [en la práctica] de facto;es el presidente de hecho he's the de facto president♦ interjit's a deal!, you're on!;te lo vendo por un millón – ¡hecho! I'll sell it to you for a million – done! o it's a deal!* * *:hecho a mano hand-made;un traje hecho an off-the-peg suit;¡bien hecho! well done!;¡hecho!, ¡eso está hecho ! done!, it’s a deal!;a lo hecho, pecho what’s done is doneII adj finished;un hombre hecho y derecho a fully grown manIII m1 ( realidad) fact;de hecho in fact;el hecho es que the fact is that2 ( suceso) event3 ( obra) action, deed;un hecho consumado a fait accompli* * *1) : made, done2) : ready-to-wear3) : complete, finishedhecho y derecho: full-fledgedhecho nm1) : fact2) : eventhechos históricos: historic events3) : act, action4)de hecho : in fact, in reality* * *hecho1 adj1. (manufacturado) made¿de qué está hecho? what's it made of?2. (cocinado) done¡bien hecho! well done!¡hecho! done!hecho2 n1. (en general) fact2. (acto) actiondemuéstraselo con hechos y no con palabras prove it with actions, not words -
36 pronto
adj.1 ready, willing.2 prompt.3 keen.adv.soon, before long, in a short time, in a short while.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: prontar.* * *► adjetivo1 quick, fast■ la pronta reacción del conductor evitó un desastre the driver's quick reaction prevented a disaster■ le dio un pronto de los suyos y se puso a pintar el piso he was overcome by a sudden urge and started to paint the flat► adverbio1 (rápido) soon■ no llores que pronto vendrá tu mamá don't cry, your mummy will be here soon2 (temprano) early\de pronto suddenly¡hasta pronto! see you soon!lo más pronto posible as soon as possible————————■ le dio un pronto de los suyos y se puso a pintar el piso he was overcome by a sudden urge and started to paint the flat► adverbio1 (rápido) soon■ no llores que pronto vendrá tu mamá don't cry, your mummy will be here soon2 (temprano) early* * *1. (f. - pronta)adj.1) quick2) ready2. adv.1) quickly2) soon•* * *1. ADV1) (=dentro de poco) soontodavía es pronto para salir — it's too soon o early to leave
•
cuanto más pronto mejor — the sooner the better•
¡ hasta pronto! — see you soon!2) Esp (=temprano) early3) (=rápidamente) quickly¡venid aquí, pronto! — come here, right now o quickly!
- se dice muy pronto4) [otras locuciones]•
al pronto — at first•
de pronto — (=repentinamente) suddenly; (=inesperadamente) unexpectedly; Col, Cono Sur (=a lo mejor) maybe, perhapsde pronto no sabe — maybe o perhaps he doesn't know
•
por de o lo pronto — (=por ahora) for now, for the moment; (=en primer lugar) for a start, for one thingpor lo pronto toma setenta euros, mañana te daré el resto — take seventy euros for now o for the moment, and I'll give you the rest tomorrow
-¿por qué no viniste? -bueno, por lo pronto estaba demasiado cansado — "why didn't you come?" - "well, for a start o for one thing I was too tired"
•
tan pronto se ríe, tan pronto llora — one minute he's laughing, the next he's cryingtan pronto es amigo tuyo, como de repente ya no lo es — one minute he's your friend, the next he doesn't want to know
2. ADJ2) Cono Sur (=preparado) ready•
estar pronto para algo — to be ready for sth3.SM Esp* (=arrebato)* * *I- ta adjetivo1)a) ( rápido) <entrega/respuesta> promptle deseo una pronta mejoría — I wish you a speedy recovery, I hope you get well soon
b) (despierto, vivaz) sharp2) (RPl) ( preparado) readyII1) ( en poco tiempo) soonven aquí pronto! — come here, right now!
eso se dice muy pronto — (fam) that's easy to say
hizo los dos a la vez, que se dice pronto — he made them both at the same time, which is not as easy as it sounds
2) (Esp) ( temprano) early3) (en locs)de pronto — ( repentinamente) suddenly; ( a lo mejor) (AmS) perhaps, maybe
por lo pronto or por de pronto — for the moment, for now
IIItan pronto: tan pronto llueve, como hace sol one minute it's raining and the next it's sunny; tan pronto como — as soon as
masculino (fam)* * *I- ta adjetivo1)a) ( rápido) <entrega/respuesta> promptle deseo una pronta mejoría — I wish you a speedy recovery, I hope you get well soon
b) (despierto, vivaz) sharp2) (RPl) ( preparado) readyII1) ( en poco tiempo) soonven aquí pronto! — come here, right now!
eso se dice muy pronto — (fam) that's easy to say
hizo los dos a la vez, que se dice pronto — he made them both at the same time, which is not as easy as it sounds
2) (Esp) ( temprano) early3) (en locs)de pronto — ( repentinamente) suddenly; ( a lo mejor) (AmS) perhaps, maybe
por lo pronto or por de pronto — for the moment, for now
IIItan pronto: tan pronto llueve, como hace sol one minute it's raining and the next it's sunny; tan pronto como — as soon as
masculino (fam)* * *pronto1= hunch, gut feeling, gut instinct, feelings in + Posesivo + bones.Ex: Choice of manual or automated solution to a search problem depends mainly on the questions' complexity, but also on the librarian's hunch.
Ex: There is some fascinating research that has confirmed that 'hunches,' 'gut instincts,' ' gut feelings' are real and should be paid attention to.Ex: There is some fascinating research that has confirmed that 'hunches,' ' gut instincts,' 'gut feelings' are real and should be paid attention to.Ex: But the people's justice is hasty, mean-spirited and based on vague feelings in the bones and we need the cold hand of the law to save us from ourselves.pronto2= early [earlier -comp., earliest -sup.], shortly, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.], before long, it wasn't long before + Nombre, it won't be long before + Nombre, momentarily.Ex: It is too early to dismiss those physical forms associated with non-computerised cataloguing and indexing.
Ex: We shall return to the problem of synonyms shortly.Ex: Not surprisingly, he soon found that the inventory lists were not quite adequate for his purposes.Ex: News of boundless timber reserves spread, and before long lumberjacks from the thinning hardwood forests of New England swarmed into the uncharted area with no other possessions than their axes and brawn and the clothing they wore.Ex: It wasn't long before the idea of a railhead was the talk of the town.Ex: It won't be long before Singaporeans take to the streets in protest.Ex: Regular service will be resumed momentarily.* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.* adelantarse pronto en el marcador = take + an early lead.* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.* así de pronto = off-hand [offhand].* demasiado pronto = too soon.* de pront = without warning.* de pronto = suddenly, of a sudden, all of a sudden, just like that, cold turkey, all at once.* desarrollarse demasiado pronto = peak + too early.* hasta pronto = bye for now, I'll see you on the flipside, I'll catch you on the flipside.* hazte rico pronto = get-rich-quick.* muy pronto = before long, pretty soon.* por lo pronto = for the time being.* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.* tan pronto = quite so soon.* tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.* tan pronto como + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.* tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap), at an early a juncture as possible.* volver pronto = haste back.* * *A1 (rápido) promptle deseo una pronta mejoría I wish you a speedy recovery, I hope you get well soonesperamos una pronta respuesta we look forward to your prompt o early reply2 (despierto, vivaz) sharptiene la mente clara y el juicio pronto he has a clear mind and sharp o keen judgmentB ( RPl) (preparado) readyestá pronto para salir he's ready to go outla comida está pronta dinner's readyA (en poco tiempo) soonpronto cumple 40 años she'll soon be 40los efectos se hicieron sentir muy pronto the effects made themselves felt very quickly, the effects very soon made themselves feltven aquí ¡pronto! come here, right now!¡hasta pronto! see you soon!lo más pronto posible as soon as possiblepronto no se va a poder salir a la calle de noche soon o before long you won't be able to go out at nighteso se dice muy pronto ( fam); that's easy to sayhizo los dos a la vez, que se dice pronto he made them both at the same time, which is not as easy as it soundsB ( Esp) (temprano) early¿tú tan pronto por aquí? what are you doing here so early?C ( en locs):de pronto se abrió la puerta y entró Roberto suddenly the door opened and Roberto walked inde pronto no se han enterado maybe o perhaps they haven't heardpor lo pronto or por de pronto (para empezar) for a start; (por el momento) for the moment, for nowpor lo or de pronto el primer capítulo es bastante flojo for a start o for one thing, the first chapter is rather weakJulián, por lo or de pronto, dijo que no vendría Julián, for one, said he wouldn't be comingtan pronto: tan pronto ríe, tan pronto llora ( liter); one moment she's laughing and the next she's cryingtan pronto te saluda, como te da la espalda he might say hello to you, but he's just as likely to turn his back on youtan pronto como as soon as( fam)le dio un pronto y me tiró el plato he had a fit of temper and threw the plate at metiene un pronto muy malo she has a very quick temperen uno de sus prontos in one of his fits of temper o bouts of anger* * *
pronto 1◊ -ta adjetivo
pronto 2 adverbio
1
◊ ¡hasta pronto! see you soon!;
lo más pronto posible as soon as possible
2 ( en locs)
por lo pronto or por de pronto for the moment, for now;
tan pronto como as soon as
pronto,-a
I adjetivo
1 prompt, speedy
una pronta respuesta, a prompt reply
II adverbio
1 (en poco tiempo) soon, quickly: espero verte pronto, I hope to see you soon
2 (temprano) early: debemos levantarnos pronto, we must get up early ➣ Ver nota en soon
III m (reacción repentina) a fit of temper: le dio un pronto y se marchó, he had a fit of temper and went away
♦ Locuciones: de pronto, suddenly
por lo pronto, (para empezar) to start with
tan pronto como, as soon as
' pronto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apenas
- bien
- comunicar
- cuanta
- cuanto
- cuidar
- dejar
- librarse
- muy
- nido
- pronta
- próximamente
- recién
- recua
- repente
- si
- soltar
- tarde
- ahora
- ahorita
- hacer
- hasta
- luego
- posible
- tanto
- venta
- ver
English:
accustom
- blow
- early
- go
- hang back
- last
- like
- long
- mean
- offhand
- outgrow
- pass on
- prick up
- prompt
- smart
- soon
- spawn
- suddenly
- turn
- up
- become
- get
- grow
- look
- mobile
- novelty
- one
- presently
- quickly
- ready
- roll
- see
- set
- speedy
- stricken
- sudden
- warm
* * *pronto, -a♦ adj1. [rápido] quick, fast;[respuesta] prompt, early; [curación, tramitación] speedy;pronto pago prompt payment2. RP [preparado] ready;¿demorás mucho? – no, ya estoy pronto are you going to be long? – no, I'm ready;prontos, listos, ¡ya! ready, steady, go!, on your marks, get set, go!♦ adv1. [rápidamente] quickly;tan pronto como as soon as;lo más pronto posible as soon as possiblesalimos pronto we left early;llegó muy pronto a la cita she arrived very early for the appointment3. [dentro de poco] soon;¡hasta pronto! see you soon!;ya verás cómo encontrarás casa pronto you'll soon find a house, don't worry;pronto se acabará el año the year will soon be over♦ nmFamtiene unos prontos de rabia inaguantables she gets these sudden fits of rage which are really unbearable;le dio un pronto y se fue something got into him and he left♦ al pronto loc advat first♦ de pronto loc adv1. [imprevistamente] suddenly;el ladrón apareció de pronto en la salida the robber suddenly appeared in the exit2. Andes, RP [tal vez] perhaps, maybe;de pronto se perdieron perhaps o maybe they got lost♦ por de pronto, por lo pronto loc adv[de momento] for the time being; [para empezar] to start with;por de o [m5]lo pronto pon los niños a dormir, luego hablaremos for the moment just put the children to bed, we'll talk later* * *I adj1 prompt;por lo ode pronto for now, for the momentII advtan pronto como as soon as;lo más pronto posible as soon as possible;¡hasta pronto! see you soon!;más pronto o más tarde sooner or later2 ( temprano) early;de pronto suddenly;eso se dice pronto that’s easy for you/him etc to say, that’s easily saidIII m fam:le dio un pronto y dejó el trabajo he left his job on impulse;tiene unos prontos de celos inaguantables he has fits of unbearable jealousy* * *pronto adv1) : quickly, promptly2) : soon3)de pronto : suddenly4)lo más pronto posible : as soon as possible5)tan pronto como : as soon aspronto, -ta adj1) rápido: quick, speedy, prompt2) preparado: ready* * *pronto adv1. (en seguida) soon2. (rápidamente) quickly -
37 switchboard
- распределительный щит
- распределительное устройство
- НКУ распределения и управления
- коммутационный щит
- коммутаторная панель
- коммутатор
коммутатор
Устройство, обеспечивающее посредством включения, отключения и переключения электрических цепей выбор требуемой выходной цепи и соединение с ней входной цепи
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]Тематики
- аппарат, изделие, устройство...
EN
DE
FR
коммутаторная панель
распределительный щит
Устройство, конструктивно объединяющее несколько коммутационных элементов, предназначенных для включения, отключения и переключения электрических цепей и каналов связи в ручном режиме.
[Л.М. Невдяев. Телекоммуникационные технологии. Англо-русский толковый словарь-справочник. Под редакцией Ю.М. Горностаева. Москва, 2002]Тематики
- электросвязь, основные понятия
Синонимы
EN
коммутационный щит
—
[Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва, 1999 г.]Тематики
- электротехника, основные понятия
EN
низковольтное устройство распределения и управления (НКУ)
Низковольтные коммутационные аппараты и устройства управления, измерения, сигнализации, защиты, регулирования, собранные совместно, со всеми внутренними электрическими и механическими соединениями и конструктивными элементами.
[ ГОСТ Р МЭК 61439-1-2012]
низковольтное устройство распределения и управления
Комбинация низковольтных коммутационных аппаратов с устройствами управления, измерения, сигнализации, защиты, регулирования и т. п., полностью смонтированных изготовителем НКУ (под его ответственность на единой конструктивной основе) со всеми внутренними электрическими и механическими соединениями с соответствующими конструктивными элементами
Примечания
1. В настоящем стандарте сокращение НКУ используют для обозначения низковольтных комплектных устройств распределения и управления.
2. Аппараты, входящие в состав НКУ, могут быть электромеханическими или электронными.
3. По различным причинам, например по условиям транспортирования или изготовления, некоторые операции сборки могут быть выполнены на месте установки, вне предприятия-изготовителя.
[ ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000 ( МЭК 60439-1-92)]EN
power switchgear and controlgear assembly (PSC-assembly)
low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly used to distribute and control energy for all types of loads, intended for industrial, commercial and similar applications where operation by ordinary persons is not intended
[IEC 61439-2, ed. 1.0 (2009-01)]
low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly
combination of one or more low-voltage switching devices together with associated control, measuring, signalling, protective, regulation equipment, etc., completely assembled under the responsibility of the manufacturer with all the internal electrical and mechanical interconnections and structural parts.
[IEC 61892-3, ed. 2.0 (2007-11)]
switchgear and controlgear
a general term covering switching devices and their combination with associated control, measuring, protective and regulating equipment, also assemblies of such devices and equipment with associated interconnections, accessories, enclosures and supporting structures
[IEV number 441-11-01]
switchgear and controlgear
electric equipment intended to be connected to an electric circuit for the purpose of carrying out one or more of the following functions: protection, control, isolation, switching
NOTE – The French and English terms can be considered as equivalent in most cases. However, the French term has a broader meaning than the English term and includes for example connecting devices, plugs and socket-outlets, etc. In English, these latter devices are known as accessories.
[IEV number 826-16-03 ]
switchboard
A large single electric control panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted (either on the back or on the face, or both) switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and usually instruments; not intended for installation in a cabinet but may be completely enclosed in metal; usually is accessible from both the front and rear.
[ McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Architecture & Construction]
switchboard
One or more panels accommodating control switches, indicators, and other apparatus for operating electric circuits
[ The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language]FR
ensemble d'appareillage de puissance (ensemble PSC)
ensemble d'appareillage à basse tension utilisé pour répartir et commander l'énergie pour tous les types de charges et prévu pour des applications industrielles, commerciales et analogues dans lesquelles l'exploitation par des personnes ordinaires n'est pas prévue
[IEC 61439-2, ed. 1.0 (2009-01)]
appareillage, m
matériel électrique destiné à être relié à un circuit électrique en vue d'assurer une ou plusieurs des fonctions suivantes: protection, commande, sectionnement, connexion
NOTE – Les termes français et anglais peuvent être considérés comme équivalents dans la plupart des cas. Toutefois, le terme français couvre un domaine plus étendu que le terme anglais, et comprend notamment les dispositifs de connexion, les prises de courant, etc. En anglais, ces derniers sont dénommés "accessories".
[IEV number 826-16-03 ]
appareillage
terme général applicable aux appareils de connexion et à leur combinaison avec des appareils de commande, de mesure, de protection et de réglage qui leur sont associés, ainsi qu'aux ensembles de tels appareils avec les connexions, les accessoires, les enveloppes et les charpentes correspondantes
[IEV number 441-11-01]
A switchboard as defined in the National Electrical Code is a large single panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted, on the face or back or both switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and, usually, instruments.
Switchboards are generally accessible from the rear as well as from the front and are not intended to be installed in cabinets.
The types of switchboards, classified by basic features of construction, are as follows:
1. Live-front vertical panels
2. Dead-front boards
3. Safety enclosed boards( metal-clad)
[American electricians’ handbook]
The switchboard plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property safety.
Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation.
The IEC 61439 standard aims to better define " low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies", ensuring that the specified performances are reached.
It specifies in particular:
> the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer - the organization that performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard, and of the assembly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;
> the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.
All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439 standard.
Equipment produced in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard ensures the safety and reliability of the installation.
A switchboard must comply with the requirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 to guarantee the safety and reliability of the installation.
Managers of installations, fully aware of the professional and legal liabilities weighing on their company and on themselves, demand a high level of safety for the electrical installation.
What is more, the serious economic consequences of prolonged halts in production mean that the electrical switchboard must provide excellent continuity of service, whatever the operating conditions.
[Schneider Electric]НКУ играет главную роль в обеспечении электроэнергией, удовлетворяя при этом всем требованиям по безопасности людей и сохранности имущества.
Выбор конструкции, проектирование и монтаж основаны на чётких правилах, не допускающих никакой импровизации.
Требования к низковольтным комплектным устройствам распределения и управления сформулированы в стандарте МЭК 61439 (ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000).
В частности, он определяет:
> распределение ответственности между изготовителем НКУ - организацией, разработавшей конструкцию НКУ и проверившей его на соответствие требованиям стандарта, и сборщиком – организацией, выполнившей сборку НКУ;
> конструкцию, технические характеристики, виды и методы испытаний НКУ.
В стандарте МЭК 61439 (ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000) описываются все компоненты НКУ.
Оборудование, изготовленное в соответствии с требованиями этого стандарта, обеспечивает безопасность и надежность электроустановки.
Для того чтобы гарантировать безопасность эксплуатации и надежность работы электроустановки, распределительный щит должен соответствовать требованиям стандарта МЭК 61439-1 и 2.
Лица, ответственные за электроустановки, должны быть полностью осведомлены о профессиональной и юридической ответственности, возложенной на их компанию и на них лично, за обеспечение высокого уровня безопасности эксплуатации этих электроустановок.
Кроме того, поскольку длительные перерывы производства приводят к серьезным экономическим последствиям, электрический распределительный щит должен обеспечивать надежную и бесперебойную работу независимо от условий эксплуатации.
[Перевод Интент]LV switchgear assemblies are undoubtedly the components of the electric installation more subject to the direct intervention of personnel (operations, maintenance, etc.) and for this reason users demand from them higher and higher safety requirements.
The compliance of an assembly with the state of the art and therefore, presumptively, with the relevant technical Standard, cannot be based only on the fact that the components which constitute it comply with the state of the art and therefore, at least presumptively, with the relevant technical standards.
In other words, the whole assembly must be designed, built and tested in compliance with the state of the art.
Since the assemblies under consideration are low voltage equipment, their rated voltage shall not exceed 1000 Va.c. or 1500 Vd.c. As regards currents, neither upper nor lower limits are provided in the application field of this Standard.
The Standard IEC 60439-1 states the construction, safety and maintenance requirements for low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies, without dealing with the functional aspects which remain a competence of the designer of the plant for which the assembly is intended.
[ABB]Низковольтные комплектные устройства (НКУ), вне всякого сомнения, являются частями электроустановок, которые наиболее подвержены непосредственному вмешательству оперативного, обслуживающего и т. п. персонала. Вот почему требования потребителей к безопасности НКУ становятся все выше и выше.
Соответствие НКУ современному положению дел и вследствие этого, гипотетически, соответствующим техническим стандартам, не может основываться только на том факте, что составляющие НКУ компоненты соответствуют современному состоянию дел и поэтому, по крайней мере, гипотетически, - соответствующим техническим стандартам
Другими словами, НКУ должно быть разработано, изготовлено и испытано в соответствии с современными требованиями.
Мы рассматриваем низковольтные комплектные устройства и это означает, что их номинальное напряжение не превышает 1000 В переменного тока или 1500 В постоянного тока. Что касается тока, то ни верхнее, ни нижнее значение стандартами, относящимися к данной области, не оговариваются
Стандарт МЭК 60439-1 устанавливает требования к конструкции, безопасности и техническому обслуживанию низковольтных комплектных устройств без учета их функций, полагая, что функции НКУ являются компетенцией проектировщиков электроустановки, частью которых эти НКУ являются.
[Перевод Интент]Тематики
- НКУ (шкафы, пульты,...)
Классификация
>>>Действия
Синонимы
Сопутствующие термины
EN
- assembly
- electrical switchboard
- low voltage controlgear and assembly
- low voltage switchboard
- low voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly
- low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly
- LV switchgear and controlgear assembly
- LV switchgear assembly
- panel
- power switchgear and controlgear assembly
- PSC-assembly
- switchboard
- switchgear and controlgear
- switchgear/controlgear
DE
- Schaltanlagen und/oder Schaltgeräte
FR
распределительное устройство
Распределительным устройством (РУ) называется электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая сборные и соединительные шины, коммутационные аппараты, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
[РД 34.20.185-94]
распределительное устройство
Электроустановка, предназначенная для приема и распределения электрической энергии на одном напряжении и содержащая коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные шины [секции шин], устройства управления и защиты.
Примечание. К устройствам управления относятся аппараты и связывающие их элементы обеспечивающие контроль, измерение, сигнализацию и выполнение команд.
[ ГОСТ 24291-90]
[ ГОСТ Р 53685-2009]
электрическое распределительное устройство
распределительное устройство
Устройство, предназначенное для приема и распределения электроэнергии на одном напряжении и содержащее коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные соединительные устройства.
Примечание. В состав распределительного устройства дополнительно могут входить устройства защиты и управления
[ОСТ 45.55-99]
распределительное устройство
Электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая коммутационные аппараты, сборные и соединительные шины, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
[ПОТ Р М-016-2001]
[РД 153-34.0-03.150-00]
устройство распределительное
Совокупность аппаратов и приборов для приёма и распределения электроэнергии одного напряжения, вырабатываемой электростанцией или преобразуемой подстанцией
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]EN
switching substation
a substation which includes switchgear and usually busbars, but no power transformers
[IEV number 605-01-02]FR
poste de sectionnement
poste de coupure
poste comprenant des organes de manoeuvre et généralement des jeux de barres, à l'exclusion de transformateurs de puissance
[IEV number 605-01-02]В качестве РУ 6—10 кВ используется сборка высокого напряжения с однополюсными разъединителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения и одна камера КСО с выключателем нагрузки и предохранителями для подключения трансформатора. Для РУ 0,4 кВ применяются сборки низкого напряжения с предохранителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения.
На ПС применяются открытые (ОРУ), закрытые (ЗРУ) или комплектные (КРУ) распределительные устройства.
[ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]
В общем случае ПС и РУ являются составной частью электроустановок, которые различаются:
-
по назначению:
- генерирующие,
- преобразовательно-распределительные,
-
потребительские.
Генерирующие электроустановки служат для выработки электроэнергии, преобразовательно-распределительные электроустановки преобразуют электроэнергию в удобный для передачи и потребления вид, передают ее и распределяют между потребителями;
-
по роду тока:
- постоянного тока,
- переменного тока.
-
по напряжению:
- до 1000 В,
- выше 1000 В.
ГОСТ 29322—92 установлена следующая шкала номинальных напряжений:
Шкала номинальных напряжений ограничена сравнительно небольшим числом стандартных значений, благодаря чему изготавливается небольшое число типоразмеров машин и оборудования, а электросети выполняются более экономичными. В установках трехфазного тока номинальным напряжением принято считать напряжение между фазами (междуфазовое напряжение). Согласнодля электросетей переменного тока частотой 50 Гц междуфазовое напряжение должно быть: 12, 24, 36, 42, 127, 220, 380 В; 3, 6, 10, 20, 35, 110, 150, 220, 330, 500, 750 и 1150 кВ;
для электросетей постоянного тока: 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 110, 220, 440, 660, 825, 3000 В и выше.-
по способу присоединения к электросети ПС разделяются на:
- тупиковые (блочные),
- ответвительные (блочные),
- проходные (транзитные)
- узловые.
Тупиковые ПС получают питание по одной или двум тупиковым ВЛ.
Ответвительные ПС присоединяются ответвлением к одной или двум проходящим ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.
Проходные ПС включаются в рассечку одной или двух проходящих ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.
Узловые ПС кроме питающих имеют отходящие радиальные или транзитные ВЛ.-
по способу управления ПС могут быть:
- только с телесигнализацией,
- телеуправляемыми с телесигнализацией,
- с телесигнализацией и управлением с общеподстанционного пункта управления (ОПУ).
Подстанции оперативно обслуживаются постоянным дежурным персоналом на щите управления, дежурными на дому или оперативно-выездными бригадами (ОВБ). Ремонт ПС осуществляется специализированными выездными бригадами централизованного ремонта или местным персоналом подстанции.
В РУ напряжением до 1000 В провода, шины, аппараты, приборы и конструкции выбирают как по нормальным условиям работы (напряжению и току), так и по термическим и динамическим воздействиям токов коротких замыканий (КЗ) или предельно допустимой отключаемой мощности.
В РУ и ПС напряжением выше 1000 В расстояния между электрооборудованием, аппаратами, токоведущими частями, изоляторами, ограждениями и конструкциями устанавливаются так, чтобы при нормальном режиме работы электроустановки возникающие физические явления (температура нагрева, электрическая дуга, выброс газов, искрение и др.) не могли привести к повреждению оборудования и КЗ.[ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]
Several different classifications of switchgear can be made:- By the current rating.
-
By interrupting rating (maximum short circuit current that the device can safely interrupt)
- Circuit breakers can open and close on fault currents
- Load-break/Load-make switches can switch normal system load currents
- Isolators may only be operated while the circuit is dead, or the load current is very small.
-
By voltage class:
- Low voltage (less than 1,000 volts AC)
- Medium voltage (1,000–35,000 volts AC)
- High voltage (more than 35,000 volts AC)
-
By insulating medium:
-
By construction type:
- Indoor (further classified by IP (Ingress Protection) class or NEMA enclosure type)
- Outdoor
- Industrial
- Utility
- Marine
- Draw-out elements (removable without many tools)
- Fixed elements (bolted fasteners)
- Live-front
- Dead-front
- Open
- Metal-enclosed
- Metal-clad
- Metal enclosed & Metal clad
- Arc-resistant
-
By IEC degree of internal separation
- No Separation (Form 1)
- Busbars separated from functional units (Form 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b)
- Terminals for external conductors separated from busbars (Form 2b, 3b, 4a, 4b)
- Terminals for external conductors separated from functional units but not from each other (Form 3a, 3b)
- Functional units separated from each other (Form 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b)
- Terminals for external conductors separated from each other (Form 4a, 4b)
- Terminals for external conductors separate from their associated functional unit (Form 4b)
-
By interrupting device:
-
By operating method:
- Manually operated
- Motor/stored energy operated
- Solenoid operated
-
By type of current:
-
By application:
-
By purpose
- Isolating switches (disconnectors)
- Load-break switches.
- Grounding (earthing) switches
A single line-up may incorporate several different types of devices, for example, air-insulated bus, vacuum circuit breakers, and manually operated switches may all exist in the same row of cubicles.
Ratings, design, specifications and details of switchgear are set by a multitude of standards. In North America mostly IEEE and ANSI standards are used, much of the rest of the world uses IEC standards, sometimes with local national derivatives or variations.
[Robert W. Smeaton (ed) Switchgear and Control Handbook 3rd Ed., Mc Graw Hill, new York 1997]
[ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_voltage_switchgear]Тематики
- электрификация, электроснабж. железных дорог
- электроагрегаты генераторные
- электробезопасность
- электроснабжение в целом
Синонимы
EN
- distribution
- energy distribution board
- gear
- switch-gear
- switchboard
- switchgear
- switching substation
- switchyard
DE
FR
распределительный щит
Комплектное устройство, содержащее различную коммутационную аппаратуру, соединенное с одной или более отходящими электрическими цепями, питающееся от одной или более входящих цепей, вместе с зажимами для присоединения нейтральных и защитных проводников.
[ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60050-826-2009]
щит распределительный
Электротехническое устройство, объединяющее коммутационную, регулирующую и защитную аппаратуру, а также контрольно-измерительные и сигнальные приборы
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]
распределительный щит
—
[А.С.Гольдберг. Англо-русский энергетический словарь. 2006 г.]EN
distribution board
assembly containing different types of switchgear and controlgear associated with one or more outgoing electric circuits fed from one or more incoming electric circuits, together with terminals for the neutral and protective conductors.
[IEV number 826-16-08]FR
tableau de répartition, m
ensemble comportant différents types d'appareillage associés à un ou plusieurs circuits électriques de départ alimentés par un ou plusieurs circuits électriques d'arrivée, ainsi que des bornes pour les conducteurs neutre et de protection.
[IEV number 826-16-08]Distribution switchboards, including the Main LV Switchboard (MLVS), are critical to the dependability of an electrical installation. They must comply with well-defined standards governing the design and construction of LV switchgear assemblies
A distribution switchboard is the point at which an incoming-power supply divides into separate circuits, each of which is controlled and protected by the fuses or switchgear of the switchboard. A distribution switchboard is divided into a number of functional units, each comprising all the electrical and mechanical elements that contribute to the fulfilment of a given function. It represents a key link in the dependability chain.
Consequently, the type of distribution switchboard must be perfectly adapted to its application. Its design and construction must comply with applicable standards and working practises.
[Schneider Electric]Распределительные щиты, включая главный распределительный щит низкого напряжения (ГРЩ), играют решающую роль в обеспечении надежности электроустановки. Они должны отвечать требованиям соответствующих стандартов, определяющих конструкцию и порядок изготовления НКУ распределения электроэнергии.
В распределительном щите выполняется прием электроэнергии и ее распределение по отдельным цепям, каждая из которых контролируется и защищается плавкими предохранителями или автоматическими выключателями.
Распределительный щит состоит из функциональных блоков, включающих в себя все электрические и механические элементы, необходимые для выполнения требуемой функции. Распределительный щит представляет собой ключевое звено в цепи обеспечения надежности.
Тип распределительного щита должен соответствовать области применения. Конструкция и изготовление распределительного щита должны удовлетворять требованиям применимых стандартов и учитывать накопленную практику применения.
[Перевод Интент]Рис. Schneider Electric
With Prisma Plus G you can be sure to build 100% Schneider Electric switchboards that are safe, optimised:
> All components (switchgear, distribution blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) are perfectly rated and coordinated to work together;
> All switchboard configurations, even the most demanding ones, have been tested.
You can prove that your switchboard meets the current standards, at any time.
You can be sure to build a reliable electrical installation and give your customers full satisfaction in terms of dependability and safety for people and the installation.
Prisma Plus G with its discreet design, blends harmoniously into all tertiary and industrial buildings, including in entrance halls and passageways.
With Prisma Plus G you can build just the right switchboard for your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs.
With this complete, prefabricated and tested system, it's easy to upgrade your installation and still maintain the performance levels.
> The wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures combine easily with switchboards already in service.
> Devices can be replaced or added at any time.
[Schneider Electric]С помощью оболочек Prisma Plus G можно создавать безопасные распределительные щиты, на 100 % состоящие из изделий Schneider Electric:
> все изделия (коммутационная аппаратура, распределительные блоки, готовые заводские соединения и т. д.) полностью совместимы механически и электрически;
> все варианты компоновки распределительных щитов, в том числе для наиболее ответственных применений, прошли испытания.В любое время вы можете доказать, что ваши распределительные щиты полностью соответствуют требованиям действующих стандартов.
Вы можете быть полностью уверены в том, что создаете надежные электроустановки, удовлетворяющие всем требованиям безопасности для людей и оборудования
Благодаря строгому дизайну, распределительные щиты Prisma Plus G гармонично сочетаются с интерьером любого общественного или промышленного здания. Они хорошо смотрятся и в вестибюле, и в коридоре.
Применяя оболочки Prisma Plus G можно создавать распределительные щиты, точно соответствующие требованиям заказчика как с точки зрения технических характеристик, так и стоимости.
С помощью данной испытанной системы, содержащей все необходимые компоненты заводского изготовления можно легко модернизировать существующую электроустановку и поддерживать её уровни производительности.> Навесные и напольные оболочки можно легко присоединить к уже эксплуатируемым распределительным щитам.
> Аппаратуру можно заменять или добавлять в любое время.
[Перевод Интент]The switchboard, central to the electrical installation.
Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence of the system, central to the electrical installation.
[Schneider Electric]Распределительный щит – «сердце» электроустановки.
Низковольтное комплектное устройство распределения является «сердцем» электроустановки, поскольку именно оно принимает электроэнергию из сети и распределяет её по территориально распределенным нагрузкам.
[Перевод Интент]Тематики
- НКУ (шкафы, пульты,...)
- электроснабжение в целом
EN
- branch distribution panel
- distributing board
- distributing panel
- distributing switchboard
- distribution bench
- distribution board
- distribution panel
- distribution switchboard
- gear
- keyboard
- PNL
- SB
- sw & d
- switchboard
- switchboard panel
DE
- elektrischer Verteiler, m
- Schalttafel
- Verteiler, m
FR
- tableau de distribution
- tableau de répartition, m
Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > switchboard
-
38 quedar
v.1 to be left, to remain.¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?nos quedan 100 pesos we have 100 pesos left¿cuánto queda para León? how much farther is it to León?quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the racequedar por hacer to remain to be donequeda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleanedAlgo queda Something is left, something remains.Queda un solo carro There is only one car.Eso queda lejos This is far away.2 to remain, to stay.el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage¡esto no puede o no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!3 to look.te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too shortquedar bien/mal a alguien to look good/bad on somebodyquedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with something4 to be (informal) (estar situado).queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?5 to keep on, to keep.Ella quedó trabajando She kept on working.6 to fit.Esta camisa me queda (bien) This shirts fits (well).Queda bien It fits well.7 to be left with, to have left, to have.Me quedó un dolar solamente I was left with one dollar only.8 to get, to become.Ella quedó alegre She got happy, she became happy.El caso quedó muy claro The case became very clear.9 to leave.Se me quedó mi sombrero I left my hat.10 to act, to perform, to come across, to do one's part.Quedé muy bien en la reunión I acted [did my part] very well at the meeting.11 to be still pending to.Queda pintar It is still pending to paint.12 to be left to be done.13 to be for.Me queda muy difícil It is very difficult for me.14 to make an appointment.* * *1 (permanecer) to remain, stay2 figurado (terminar) to end3 (cita) to arrange to meet4 (resultado de algo) to be■ al morir sus padres quedó solo en la vida when his parents died he was left all alone in the world5 (favorecer) to look, fit■ ¿qué tal me queda? does it suit me?, how does it look on me?6 (estar situado) to be■ ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?7 (restar) to be left, remain8 (faltar) to be, be still9 quedar en (convenir) to agree to10 quedar por + inf not to have been + past participle■ la cama quedó por hacer the bed had not been made, the bed was left unmade■ queda por ver si llegarán a algún acuerdo it remains to be seen whether they will come to some agreement11 quedar + gerundio to be, remain1 (permanecer) to remain, stay, be2 (resultado de algo) to be, remain3 eufemístico (morirse) to die4 (mar, viento) to become calm; (viento) to drop5 quedarse con (retener algo) to keep\ahí quedó la cosa that's the way it was left¿en qué quedamos? so what's it to be?no quedar títere con cabeza familiar to leave nothing intact'Queda de usted atentamente...' (en cartas) "Yours faithfully..."quedar a deber algo to owe somethingquedar alguien bien/mal to make a good/bad impressionquedar como un señor/una señora familiar to create a very good impressionquedarse atrás figurado to be left behindquedarse con alguien familiar to make a fool of somebody, have somebody onquedarse con la boca abierta figurado to be dumbfounded, be stunnedquedarse con las ganas de algo figurado to go without somethingquedarse en blanco to go blankquedarse sin algo to run out of somethingquedarse sin blanca familiar to be brokequedarse tan tranquilo,-a familiar not to bat an eyelidquedar en nada to come to nothing* * *verb1) to remain2) fit, suit3) be left4) suit•- quedarse* * *Para expresiones como quedarse tan ancho, quedarse con las ganas, quedársele grabado algn, quedarse helado, quedarse parado, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) [indicando lugar] to be¿por dónde queda Correos? — where's the post office?
2) [indicando posición]•
quedar [atrás], no quieren quedar atrás en la carrera espacial — they don't want to be left behind {o} fall behind in the space race3) [indicando resultado]a) [con adjetivos, adverbios, locuciones preposicionales, participios]•
quedar [ciego] — to go blind•
quedar [huérfano] — to be orphaned•
quedar [viuda]/[viudo] — to be widowed, lose one's husband/wifeb)• quedar [en] algo, ¿en qué quedó la conversación? — how did the conversation end?
c)• quedar [sin], miles de personas han quedado sin hogar — thousands of people have been left homeless
la reconstrucción del puente ha quedado sin hacer por falta de presupuesto — the rebuilding of the bridge has been abandoned because of a shortage of funds
4) [en el trato, al hablar]•
quedar [bien], regalando flores siempre queda uno bien — taking flowers always makes a good impression•
quedar [mal], nos hiciste quedar mal haciendo esas preguntas — you made us look bad by asking those questions•
quedar [por] algo — to be left looking like sthaunque fue idea de todos, yo quedé por el culpable — although everyone was to blame, it ended up looking as if it was my fault
•
quedar en [ridículo], ha quedado en ridículo — he ended up looking a foolquería que su marido quedara en ridículo — she wanted to make her husband look a fool, she wanted to show her husband up
5) (=permanecer) to stayquedo a la espera de sus noticias — [en carta] I look forward to hearing from you
6) (=haber todavía) to be left¿queda algo de la cena? — is there any dinner left?
de la ciudad solo queda el castillo — all that remains {o} is left of the city is the castle
se me cayó un poco de vino, pero no ha quedado ninguna mancha — I spilt some wine, but it didn't leave a stain
si a 8 le quito 2, quedan 6 — if I take 2 from 8, I'm left with {o} it leaves 6
•
quedarle [a algn], ¿le quedan entradas para esta noche? — do you have any tickets left for tonight?•
quedar [a deber] algo — to owe sthno tenía suficiente y tuve que quedarle a deber — I didn't have enough money on me, so I had to owe him
•
quedan pocos días [para] la fiesta — the party is only a few days away•
quedar [por] hacer, nos queda por pagar la luz — we still have to pay the electricity bill•
no me queda más [remedio] — I have no alternative (left)que no quede —
por mí que no quede, yo he ayudado en lo que he podido — it won't be for want of trying on my part, I helped as much as I could
7) (Educ) [asignatura]8) [ropa] (=ser la talla) to fit; (=sentar) to suit¿qué tal (de grande) te queda el vestido? — does the dress fit you?
no queda bien así/aquí — it doesn't look right like that/here
9)• quedar [en] (=acordar) —
¿quedamos en eso, entonces? — we'll do that, then, all right?
quedar en {o} LAm de hacer algo — to agree to do sth
quedaron en esperar unos días antes de tomar una decisión definitiva — they agreed to wait a few days before taking a final decision
•
quedar en [que] — to agree that¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo compras o no? — so what's it to be then? are you going to buy it or not?
10) (=citarse) to arrange to meethabíamos quedado, pero no se presentó — we had arranged to meet, but he didn't turn up
¿quedamos a las cuatro? — shall we meet at four?
¿cómo quedamos? — where shall we meet and what time?
•
quedar [con] algn — to arrange to meet sb¿quedamos con ella en la parada? — shall we meet her at the bus stop?
2.See:* * *1.verbo intransitivo1) (en un estado, una situación)quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed
quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute
ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...
¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?
¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)
me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...
si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go
quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3) ( permanecer)¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?
quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)
quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)
quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past
4) (+ me/te/le etc)a) tamaño/tallame queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me
la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
b) ( sentar)el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you
5)a) (acordar, convenir)quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine
b) ( citarse)¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?
6) ( estar situado) to bequeda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)
me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)
7) (en 3a pers)a) ( haber todavía)¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?
sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?
¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?
b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)8) ( faltar)¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)
2.quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
1) quedarse v pron2)a) ( en un lugar) to stayquedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed
se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel
b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it
¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?
se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me
de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
3) (+ me/te/le etc)a) (fam) ( memorizar)b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)4)quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)
* * *= remain.Ex. Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.----* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.* mientras queden = while stocks last.* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.* para que quede más claro = for main effects.* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.* quedar atrapado = get + caught.* quedar constatado = go on + record.* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.* quedar exempto de = discharge from.* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.* quedar igual = remain + the same.* quedar impactado = be impressed.* quedar impresionado = be impressed.* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.* quedar libre = become + vacant.* quedar mal = lose + face.* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.* quedar registrado = go on + record.* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse al margen = stand by.* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse anticuado = date.* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* quedarse en = stick at.* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.* quedarse encallado = be stranded.* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.* quedarse estancado = stagnate.* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.* quedarse huérfano = orphan.* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.* quedarse levantado = stay up.* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.* quedarse pasmado = stun.* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.* quedarse pequeño = overflow.* quedarse prendado = smite.* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.* quedarse tirado = be stranded.* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.* quedarse viudo = widow.* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.* quedar un poco = be some way off.* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.* quedar vacante = become + vacant.* quedar vacío = empty.* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.* que queda = surviving.* que queda mal = ill-fitting.* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.* si queda tiempo = time permitting.* todo queda en casa = all in the family.* * *1.verbo intransitivo1) (en un estado, una situación)quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed
quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute
ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...
¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?
¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)
me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...
si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go
quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3) ( permanecer)¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?
quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)
quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)
quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past
4) (+ me/te/le etc)a) tamaño/tallame queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me
la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
b) ( sentar)el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you
5)a) (acordar, convenir)quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine
b) ( citarse)¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?
6) ( estar situado) to bequeda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)
me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)
7) (en 3a pers)a) ( haber todavía)¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?
sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?
¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?
b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)8) ( faltar)¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)
2.quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
1) quedarse v pron2)a) ( en un lugar) to stayquedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed
se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel
b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it
¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?
se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me
de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
3) (+ me/te/le etc)a) (fam) ( memorizar)b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)4)quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)
* * *= remain.Ex: Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.
* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.* mientras queden = while stocks last.* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.* para que quede más claro = for main effects.* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.* quedar atrapado = get + caught.* quedar constatado = go on + record.* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.* quedar exempto de = discharge from.* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.* quedar igual = remain + the same.* quedar impactado = be impressed.* quedar impresionado = be impressed.* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.* quedar libre = become + vacant.* quedar mal = lose + face.* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.* quedar registrado = go on + record.* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse al margen = stand by.* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse anticuado = date.* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* quedarse en = stick at.* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.* quedarse encallado = be stranded.* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.* quedarse estancado = stagnate.* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.* quedarse huérfano = orphan.* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.* quedarse levantado = stay up.* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.* quedarse pasmado = stun.* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.* quedarse pequeño = overflow.* quedarse prendado = smite.* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.* quedarse tirado = be stranded.* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.* quedarse viudo = widow.* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.* quedar un poco = be some way off.* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.* quedar vacante = become + vacant.* quedar vacío = empty.* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.* que queda = surviving.* que queda mal = ill-fitting.* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.* si queda tiempo = time permitting.* todo queda en casa = all in the family.* * *quedar [A1 ]viA(en un estado, una situación): quedó viuda muy joven she was widowed o she lost her husband when she was very youngquedó huérfano a los siete años he was orphaned when he was seven years oldtuvo un ataque y quedó paralítico he had a stroke and was left paralyzedcientos de familias quedaron sin hogar/en la miseria hundreds of families were left homeless/destitutelas calles quedaron desiertas the streets were left desertedel sombrero quedó hecho un acordeón the hat was o got squashed flatel coche ha quedado como nuevo the car is as good as new (now)algunas fotos quedaron mal some of the photos came out badlyha quedado precioso pintado de blanco it looks beautiful painted whiteha quedado acordado que … it has been agreed that …y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear¿cómo quedó la cosa? ¿quién tenía razón? what happened in the end? who was right?¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? where did we get (up) to in the last class?¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? who was o who came first/last?(+ me/te/le etc): no me había quedado claro y se lo pregunté otra vez I hadn't quite understood o I hadn't got things quite clear, so I asked him againel postre te quedó riquísimo that dessert (you made) was deliciousB(en la opinión de los demás): si no vamos, quedamos mal it'll look bad if we don't goquedarás muy bien con ese regalo it's a lovely present, they'll be delightedme hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying thatse emborrachó y nos hizo quedar mal a todos he got drunk and embarrassed us allquedó en ridículo (por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; (por culpa ajena) he was made to look a foolquedar mal/bien con algn: si no voy quedaré mal con ellos they won't think much of me o it won't go down very well if I don't turn upno se puede quedar bien con todo el mundo you can't please everybodylos invitó a todos para no quedar mal con nadie he invited them all so as not to offend anyone o to cause any offense*C(permanecer): quedaron en casa they stayed at home¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scarlo lavé pero le quedó la mancha I washed it but the stain didn't come outesto no puede quedar así we can't leave/I'm not going to leave things like thisquedo a sus gratas órdenes ( frml) ( Corresp) Sincerely yours ( AmE), Yours faithfully o ( frml) I remain, yours faithfully ( BrE)le quedo a deber 5 euros I owe you 5 eurosquedar EN algo:todo ha quedado en un mero proyecto none of it has got beyond the planning stagetodos nuestros planes quedaron en nada all our plans came to nothingquedar atrás: pronto quedó atrás he soon fell behindhemos tenido nuestras diferencias pero todo eso ha quedado atrás we've had our differences but all that's behind us now o that's all water under the bridge nowD (+ me/te/le etc)1«tamaño/talla»: me queda grande/largo/apretado it's too big/long/tight for mela talla 12 le queda bien or (Col, Méx) le queda the size 12 fits (you/him) fine2(sentar): el azul te queda muy bien blue really suits you, you look really good in blueese peinado le quedaba muy bien that hairstyle really suited her, her hair looked really good like thatese vestido te queda estupendo that dress looks fantastic on you, you look great in that dressA (acordar, convenir) quedar EN algo:quedamos en eso, vienes tú a mi casa let's do that, then, you come to my house, so that's agreed, you're coming to my house¿al final en qué quedaron? what did you decide/arrange/agree in the end?¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo quieres o no? well o so, do you want it or not?¿entonces en qué quedamos? ¿nos vemos mañana o no? so, what's happening, then? are we meeting tomorrow or not?quedar EN + INFor ( AmL) quedar DE + INF:quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anythingquedó en venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine, she arranged to come at ninequedar EN QUE:quedamos en que iría él a recogerlo we agreed o arranged that he would go and pick it upB(citarse): me tengo que ir porque he quedado con Rafael I have to go because I've arranged to meet Rafael¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? what time/where shall we meet?quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner, I arranged to go out for dinner with some friendsSentido III (estar situado) to bequeda justo enfrente de la estación it's right opposite the station(+ me/te/le etc): puedo ir yo, me queda muy cerca I can go, it's very near where I live ( o work etc)A1(haber todavía): no queda café there's no coffee leftno quedan entradas there are no tickets leftsólo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain(+ me/te/le etc): es el único pariente que me queda he is the only relative I have left, he is my only living relative¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?¿te ha quedado alguna duda? is there anything you still don't understand?me han quedado dos asignaturas (pendientes) I have to make up two subjects o take two subjects over ( AmE), I have to retake two subjects ( BrE)no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no alternative o no choice but to go, we'll just have to goya no me quedan fuerzas para seguir I no longer have the strength to go on, I don't have the strength to go on any moreme queda la satisfacción de haber cumplido con mi deber I have the satisfaction of having done my duty2 (sobrar) to be left, be left overme comí la ensalada que había quedado del almuerzo I ate up the salad that was left (over) from lunchel vino que quede se puede guardar para la próxima fiesta we can keep any wine that's left (over) for the next partyB1(faltar): quedan cinco minutos para que acabe la clase there are five minutes to go to o five minutes left to the end of the class¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?, how far is it now?(+ me/te/le etc): todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do¡ánimo! ¡ya te queda poco para terminar! come on! you've almost finished!2 quedar POR + INF:quedan tres pacientes por ver there are three more patients to be seenaún queda gente por pagar some people haven't paid yet, some people still haven't paid(+ me/te/le etc): aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to dopor … que no quede ( Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a tryhazlo, por mí que no quede go ahead, don't let me stop you■ quedarseA1 (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):te estás quedando calvo you're going baldse quedó huérfana/sorda a los seis años she was orphaned/she went deaf when she was six years oldcuando se fue me quedé muy sola when he left I felt very lonelyme quedé helado cuando me lo dijo I was staggered when she told mequédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto don't (you) worry about it, I'll take care of itme quedé dormido en el sofá I fell asleep on the sofa2quedarse con/sin algo: ¿te has quedado con hambre? are you still hungry?me quedé sin postre I didn't get any dessertse ha quedado sin trabajo she's out of work, she's lost her jobme quedé sin saber qué había pasado I never did find out what had happened3( Esp) (llegar a ser) (+ me/te/le etc): el vestido se te ha quedado corto the dress is too short on you nowla casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them4 (olvidarse) (+ me/te/le etc):se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behindB1(permanecer): pienso quedarme soltera I intend to stay singleno me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being (left) on my own o being alone in the houseno te quedes ahí parado y haz algo don't just stand there, do something!nos quedamos charlando toda la noche we spent the whole night chattingse me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at mela escena se me ha quedado grabada en la memoria the scene has remained engraved o is engraved on my memoryiba para pintor pero se quedó en profesor de dibujo he set out to be a painter but he ended up as an art teacherse quedó en la mesa de operaciones ( euf); he died on the operating tablede repente el motor se quedó ( AmL); the engine suddenly died on me2 (en un lugar) to stayquédate aquí stay hereme quedé a dormir en su casa I spent o stayed the night at his housenos quedamos en un hotel/en casa de unos amigos we stayed at a hotel/with some friendsse tuvo que quedar en el hospital una semana más she had to stay o remain in (the) hospital for another weekse quedó en casa/en la cama todo el día she stayed at home/in bed all dayA ‹cambio/lápiz› to keepquédatelo, yo tengo otro keep it, I have another onequedarse CON algo:quédate con la foto si quieres you can keep the photo o ( colloq) hang on to the photo if you wantse quedó con mi libro she kept my book, she didn't give my book backentre él y su mujer no sé con cuál de los dos me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wifesi me lo rebaja me quedo con él if you knock something off the price, I'll take it ( colloq)quedarse con algn ( Esp fam) (burlarse de él) to have sb on ( colloq) (engañarlo) to take sb for a ride ( colloq)B( Chi) «pierna/brazo» (+ me/te/le etc): quiso levantarse pero se le quedó la pierna he tried to get up but he couldn't move his legse le queda la pierna al caminar he drags one leg when he walks* * *
quedar ( conjugate quedar) verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado, una situación):◊ quedar viudo/huérfano to be widowed/orphaned;
quedó paralítico he was left paralyzed;
el coche quedó como nuevo the car is as good as new (now);
y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear;
¿quién quedó en primer lugar? who was o came first?
2 ( en la opinión de los demás):◊ si no voy quedaré mal con ellos it won't go down very well o it'll look bad if I don't turn up;
lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe I did it to get in the boss's good books;
quedé muy bien con el regalo I made a very good impression with my present;
me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that;
nos hizo quedar mal a todos he embarrassed us all;
quedó en ridículo ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself;
( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3 ( permanecer):◊ ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?;
le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar;
esto no puede quedar así we can't leave things like this;
nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing;
quedar atrás [ persona] to fall behind;
[rencillas/problemas] to be in the past
4 (+ me/te/le etc)a) [tamaño/talla]:
la talla 12 le queda bien the size 12 fits (you/him) fineb) ( sentar):◊ el azul le queda bien/mal blue suits her/doesn't suit hera) (acordar, convenir):◊ ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?;
¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?;
quedaron en or (AmL) de no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything;
quedó en or (AmL) de venir a las nueve she said she would come at nineb) ( citarse):◊ ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?;
quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner
( estar situado) to be;
me queda muy lejos it's very far from where I live (o work etc)
(en 3a pers)
1
◊ ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?;
¿queda café? is there any coffee left?;
solo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain;
no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no choice but to go
2 ( faltar):
¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?;
todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do;
queda mucho por ver there is still a lot to see;
aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do;
no me/le queda otra (fam) I have/he has no choice
quedarse verbo pronominal
1
b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
quedarse dormido to fall asleep;
quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job
2 (+ me/te/le etc)a) ( permanecer):
no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being alone in the house;
no te quedes ahí parado don't just stand there!;
nos quedamos charlando hasta tarde we went on chatting until late in the evening;
se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me;
de repente el motor se quedó (AmL) the engine suddenly died on meb) (Andes) ( olvidarse):
c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser):
‹cambio/lápiz› to keep;
me quedo con este I'll take this one
quedar verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado) quedar bien, (una persona) to make a good impression
(un objeto) to look nice
quedar en ridículo, to make a fool of oneself
2 (en un lugar) to be: mi casa no queda lejos, my house is not far from here
3 (sobrar) to be left: ¿queda más té?, is there any tea left?
4 (faltar) (tiempo) to go: quedan dos días para las vacaciones, there are two days to go till the holidays
5 (convenir) to agree: quedamos en ir al cine, we agreed to go to the cinema
6 (citarse) to meet: quedaré con mi hermana, I'll arrange to meet my sister
7 (una ropa, un peinado, etc) to suit: te queda grande, it's too big for you
' quedar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
betún
- cumplir
- descolgarse
- embarazarse
- enmudecer
- estar
- lucirse
- restar
- sobrar
- sopa
- venir
- aire
- aislado
- anillo
- bailar
- calle
- constar
- descubierto
- desmano
- enganchar
- faltar
- lejísimos
- manifiesto
- mano
- rezagado
- tabla
English:
air
- appal
- appall
- arrange
- date
- egg
- fit
- flu
- gasp
- go
- leave
- lie
- long
- meet
- one-upmanship
- remain
- rest
- side
- smoke
- stand
- stand about
- stand around
- agree
- alternatively
- catch
- come
- get
- keep
- narrow
- out
- over
- place
- remand
- runner
- scar
- scot-free
- show
- strand
- unpunished
- water
- widow
* * *♦ vi1. [permanecer] to remain, to stay;nuestros problemas quedaron sin resolver our problems remained unsolved;los tipos de interés han quedado al mismo nivel interest rates have stayed o remained at the same level;no le quedaron secuelas del accidente he suffered no after-effects from the accident;Andes, RPen el apuro, quedaron los abrigos the coats got left behind o forgotten in the rush;quedo a su entera disposición para cualquier consulta [en cartas] I am available to answer any enquiries you may have;todo quedó en un buen susto she suffered nothing worse than a shock;el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage;todos nuestros problemas han quedado atrás all our problems are behind us now2. [haber aún] to be left, to remain;¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?;no queda azúcar there isn't any sugar left;no nos queda leche we're out of milk;queda gente dentro haciendo el examen there are still some people left inside doing the exam;queda poco del casco antiguo de la ciudad little remains of the old part of the city;nos quedan 50 pesos we have 50 pesos left;lo que quede dáselo al perro give whatever's left over to the dog;no me quedan ganas de seguir hablando I don't feel like talking any more;me queda la esperanza de volver algún día I can only hope that one day I will return;Amno queda otra there's nothing else for it;voy a tener que vender el auto para pagar las cuentas, no queda otra I'm going to have to sell the car to pay the bills, there's nothing else for it3. [faltar]¿cuánto queda para Buenos Aires? how much further is it to Buenos Aires?;quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race;queda poco/un mes para las vacaciones there's not long to go/there's a month to go until the holidays, it's not long/it's a month until the holidays;queda mucho para mi cumpleaños my birthday's a long way off;me quedan dos días para terminar el trabajo I have two days (left) to finish the work;sólo me queda despedirme hasta la próxima semana all that remains is for me to say goodbye until next week;quedar por hacer to remain to be done;queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned;nos quedan bastantes sitios por visitar we still have quite a lot of places to visit4. [mostrarse, dar cierta imagen]quedar bien/mal (con alguien) to make a good/bad impression (on sb);le gusta quedar bien con todo el mundo he likes to keep everyone happy;quedaste estupendamente trayendo flores you made a very good impression by bringing flowers;voy a quedar fatal si no voy it'll look really bad if I don't go;no me hagas quedar mal don't show me up;quedaste como un mentiroso you ended up looking like o you came across like a liar;quedó como un idiota he ended up o he was left looking stupidel cuadro queda muy bien ahí the picture looks great there;el salón os ha quedado muy bonito the living-room has turned out lovely, you've made a great job of the living-room;quedar claro to be clear;no quiero que llegues después de las once, ¿queda claro? I don't want you back later than eleven, is that clear?;quedar en [llegar, acabar] to end in;quedar en quinto lugar, quedar el quinto to come fifth;quedar en nada to come to nothing;RP Famquedamos en veremos we left it openesta falda me queda un poco justa this skirt is a bit tight;¡qué bien te queda ese traje! that dress really suits you!, you look great in that dress!;esa camisa te queda mal that shirt doesn't suit you;¿te quedan bien los zapatos? do the shoes fit you?;quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with sth;Méx Méxesas cortinas le quedan mal al salón those curtains don't go well in the living-room¿cuándo/dónde quedamos? when/where shall we meet?;hemos quedado el lunes we've arranged to meet on Monday;he quedado con Juan para jugar al tenis I've arranged to play tennis with Juan¿en qué has quedado? what have you decided to do?;quedar en que… to agree that…;quedé con ellos en que iría I told them I'd go;¿en qué quedamos? what's it to be, then?9. [estar situado] to be;queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts;¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?¿cuántas te han quedado? how many subjects from last year do you have to resit this year?♦ vtRP Famquedarla: no apuestes todo a una sola posibilidad porque si no sale, la quedás don't put all your eggs in one basket because if it doesn't work out, you've had it;¿quién la queda? [en juego] who's counting?♦ v impersonalpor mí que no quede don't let me be the one to stop you;que no quede por falta de dinero we don't want it to fall through for lack of money;por probar que no quede we should at least try it* * *v/i1 ( permanecer) stay;esto queda entre nosotros this is just between us;quedar cerca be nearbyquedó sin resolver it remained unresolved, it wasn’t sorted out;¿cómo quedó? how did it end up?;queda por hacer it still has o needs to be done3 ( sentar):4 ( sobrar) be left;¿queda mucho tiempo? is there much time left?;5 ( encontrarse):quedar con alguien fam arrange to meet (with) s.o.;¿dónde habíamos quedado? where had we arranged to meet?6 ( acordar):quedar en algo agree to sth;¿en qué quedamos? what did we agree?7:por mí que no quede it’s fine by me* * *quedar vi1) permanecer: to remain, to stay2) : to bequedamos contentos con las mejoras: we were pleased with the improvements3) : to be situatedqueda muy lejos: it's very far, it's too far away4) : to be leftquedan sólo dos alternativas: there are only two options left5) : to fit, to suitestos zapatos no me quedan: these shoes don't fit6)quedar bien (mal) : to turn out well (badly)7)quedar en : to agree, to arrange¿en qué quedamos?: what's the arrangement, then?* * *quedar vb1. (haber) to be left¿quedan cebollas? are there any onions left?2. (permanecer) to remain3. (tener) to have left4. (faltar) to have to do5. (distancia, tiempo)6. (resultar) to be7. (estar) to be¿dónde queda la estación? where's the station?¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?9. (ponerse de acuerdo) to agree10. (sentar bien ropa) to suit -
39 TAKA
* * *I)(tek; tók, tókum; tekinn), v.1) to take, catch, seize (tóku þeir laxinn ok otrinn ok báru með sér);G. tók inni vinstri hendi spjótit á lopti, G. caught the spear with his left hand;man hón taka fé okkart allt með ráni, she will take all our goods by force;taka e-n höndum, to seize one, take captive;tökum vápn vár, let us take to our weapons;2) fig., taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian;taka skírn, to be baptized;taka hvíld, to take a rest;taka flótta, to take to flight;taka rœðu, umrœðu, to begin a parley;taka ráð, to take a counsel (= taka til ráðs);taka e-n orðum, to address one;taka sættir or sættum, to accept terms;taka þenna kost, to take this choice;taka stefnu, to fix a meeting;taka boði, to accept an offer;taka sótt, to be taken ill;taka úgleði, to get out of spirits;taka andviðri, to meet with contrary winds;taka konung, to take, elect a king;taka konu, to take a wife;taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways;taka e-n or e-m vel, to receive one well;taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly;taka upp höndum, to raise the hands;3) to reach, stretch forth, touch;fremri hyrnan tók viðbeinit, the upper horn caught the collar bone;því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, for I shall not reach home to-night;hárit tók ofan á belti, the hair came down to her waist;4) to reach and take harbour (þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu);5) to take, hold, of a vessel (ketill, er tók tvær tunnur);6) to be equivalent to, be worth (hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend);7) with infin., to begin (hann tók at yrkja, þegar er hann var ungr);nú taka öll húsin at lóga, now the whole house began to blaze;impers., þá tók at lægja veðrit, then the wind began to fall;8) to touch, regard, concern (þat allt, sem leikmenn tekr);9) to catch (up), come up with (hann var allra manna fóthvatastr, svá at engi hestr tók hann á rás);10) to start, rush (Eirikr tók út or stofunni, en konungr bað menn hlaupa eptir honum);taka á rás, taka frá, to take to running, run away (svá illt sem nú er frá at taka, þá mun þó síðarr verra);11) impers. it is taken;þá tók af veðrit (acc.) then the storm abated;kom á fótinn, svá at af tók, the stroke came on his leg, so that it was cut off;sýnina tekr frá e-m, one becomes blind;tók út skip Þangbrands, Th.’s ship drifted out;um várit er sumarhita tók, when the summer heat set in;12) with preps, and advs., taka e-n af lífi, lífdögum, taka e-n af, to take one’s life, put to death;taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive one of his title and power;taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse;taka e-t af e-m, to take a thing from one, deprive one of (er vér tókum seglit af honum, þá grét hann);taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping;taka e-t af e-m, to get frotn one (tekr hann af öllu fólki mikil lof);taka mikinn (mikil), lítinn (lítil) af e-u, to make (say) much, little of;hón tók lítil af öllu, she said little about it, took it coldly;øngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee;taka e-t af, to choose, take;G. bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir engi af taka, G. made thee good offers, but thou wouldst take none of them;fara sem fœtr mega af taka, at the top of one’s speed;hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, as fast as possible;to abolish, do away with (lagði á þat allan hug al taka af heiðni ok fornar venjur);taka e-t aptr, to take back, render void (taka aptr þat, er ek gef); to recall (taka aptr orð, heil sín);taka á e-u, to touch (hón tók á augum hans);taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, illa á e-u, to take (a thing) well, in good part, ill, in ill part (fluttu þeir þetta fyrir jarli, en hann tók vel á);taka e-t á sik, to take upon oneself (kvaðst heldr vilja taka þat á sik at gefa honum annát augat);tóku þeir á sik svefn mikinn, they fell fast asleep;taka arf eptir e-n, to inherit one;taka e-t eptir, to get in return;með því at þú gerir svá, sem ek býð þér, skaltu nökkut eptir taka, thou shalt have some reward;taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing away from one (þeir tóku spjótin frá þeim ok báru út á ána);taka e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of (taka e-n frá landi, ríki);taka e-t fyrir e-t, to take in return for (hann keypti sveinana ok tók fyrir þá vesl gott ok slagning); to take for, look upon as (lökum vér þat allt fyrir satt; því tek ek þat fyrir gaman);taka fyrir e-t, to refuse (tók E. eigi fyrir útanferð at sumri);taka hendi í e-t, to thrust one’s hand into;taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands with one;taka í móti, to offer resistance (þeir brendu víða bygðina, en bœndr tóku ekki í móti);taka niðr, to pull down, demolish (taka niðr til grundvallar allt þat verk); to graze a little, = taka til jarðar (þeir láta nú taka niðr hesta sína);taka niðri, to touch (feel) the bottom;taka ofan, to take down (Högni tekr ofan atgeirinn); to pull down (hann hafði látil taka ofan skála sinn);taka í sundr, to cut asunder;impers., slœmdi sverðinu til hans, svá at í sundr tók manninn, so that the man was cleft asunder;taka til e-s, to take to (tóku þá margir til at níða hann);taka til máls (orðs, orða), to begin to speak;nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now we must take up the story at this point, that;taka til varnar, to begin the defence;taka til e-s, to have recourse to, resort to (taka e-t til ráðs, bragðs); to concern (þetta mál, er til konungs tók);láta e-t til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with (Gísli lét fátt til sín taka);taka e-n til e-s, to choose, elect (Ólafr var til konungs tekinn um allt land);absol., taka til, to begin (hann hélt allt austr um Svínasund, þá tók til vald Svíakonungs);taka e-t til, to take to, do;ef hann tekr nökkut illt til, if he takes to any ill;taka um e-t, to take hold of, grasp (nú skaltu taka um fót honum);taka e-t undan, to take away;impers., undan kúnni tók nyt alla, the cow ceased to give milk;taka undan, to run away, escape (B. tók undan með rás);taka undir e-t, to take hold under a thing;hann tók undir kverkina ok kyssti hana, he took her by the chin and kissed her;to undertake, take upon oneself;H. kvaðst ekki taka mundu undir vandræði þeira, H. said he would have nothing to do with their troubles;taka undir e-t með e-m, to back, help one in a thing (vil ek, at þér takit undir þetta mál með mér);þau tóku undir þetta léttiliga, they seconded it readily;hann tók seinliga undir, he was slow to answer;taka undir, to echo, resound (fjöllin tóku undir);taka e-t undir sik, to take on hand (Gizurr tók undir sik málit); to lay hold of (hann tekr undir sik eignir þær, er K. átti í Noregi);taka e-t upp, to pick up (S. tók upp hanzka sinn);taka upp fé fyrir e-m, to seize on, confiscate;taka upp borð, to set up the tables before a meal, but also to remove them after a meal;taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode;hón tekr mart þat upp, er fjarri er mínum vilja, she takes much in hand that is far from my will;drykk ok vistir, svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take;taka upp ný goðorð, to establish new priesthoods;taka upp verknað, to take up work;taka upp stœrð, to take to pride;taka upp sök, to take up a case;taka upp draum, to interpret a dream;taka e-t upp, to choose (seg nú skjótt, hvern kost þú vill upp taka);absol., taka upp, to extend, rise (rekkjustokkr tekr upp á millum rúma okkarra);taka út, to run out (E. tók út ór stofunni);taka við e-u, to receive (A. hafði tekit við föðurarf sínum);taka vel við e-m, to receive one well, give one a hearty welcome;taka við trú, to take the faith;þeir tóku vel við, they made a bold resistance;tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off;taka yfir e-t, to extend over (hann skal eignast af Englandi þat, sem uxahúð tekr yfir);impers. to come to an end, succeed (kveðst nú vænta, at nú mundi yfir taka);þeir munu allt til vinna at yfir taki við oss, to get the better of us;13) refl., takast;f.1) taking, capture, of a fortress, prisoner;2) taking, seizing, of property;* * *pres. tek, tekr; tökum, takit, taka; pret. tók, tókt (tókst), tók, pl. tóku; subj. tæki (tœki); imperat. tak, taktú; part. tekinn: with neg. suff. tek’k-at ek, I take not, Kristni S. (in a verse); tak-a-ttu, take thou not, Fas. i. (in a verse); tekr-at, Grág. (Kb.) i. 9: [Ulf. têkan, pret. taitok = απτεσθαι; Swed. take; Dan. tage, sounded tā, ‘du tar det ikke, vil du ta det;’ Engl. take is a word borrowed from the Dan., which gradually displaced the Old Engl. niman.]A. To take hold of, seize, grasp; taka sér alvæpni, Eg. 236; tóku menn sér þar byrðar ok báru út, Egill tók undir hönd sér mjöð-drekku, 237; nú taki hest minn, ok skal ek ríða eptir honum, 699; tóku þeir skíð sín ok stigu á, 545; hann tók inni vinstri hendi spjótið ok skaut, Nj. 42; lauk upp kistu ok tók upp góð kvennmanna-klæði, Ld. 30; hann tekr nú bogann, … tekr nú kaðal einn, Fas. ii. 543; taka upp net, K. Þ. K. 90; hross skal maðr taka ok teyma ok hepta, þótt heilagt sé, id.2. to seize; þeir tóku þar herfang mikit, Nj. 43; tóku skipit ok allt þat er á var, Fms. vii. 249; þeir tóku þar skútu, viii. 438; tóku skip hans, landtjald, klæði, ix. 275; taka fé okkat allt með ráni, Nj. 5; engi maðr skal fyrir öðrum taka, Gþl. 473; hann leiddi þik til arfs … munu taka óvinir þínir ef þú kemr eigi til, Nj. 4; þeir tóku bæinn, seized, Sturl. ii. 149; kona hafði tekit ( stolen) … ok vildi hann refsa henni, Fms. vii. 330.3. to catch; Skotar munu hafa tekit njósnir allar, Nj. 126; standi menn upp ok taki hann, 130; hann skyldi taka hundinn, 114; þeir tóku á sundi mann einn, Fms. vii. 225; gröf, at taka í dýr, Flóv. 33; taka höndum, to lay hold of, take captive, Nj. 114, 275; in a good sense, Fms. x. 314.4. taka e-n af lífi, to take one from life, Fms. x. 3, Eg. 70; taka e-n af lífdögum, id., Fms. vii. 204: ellipt., taka af (af-taka), to take one off, put to death, Js. 23; taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive of …, Eg. 268; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs, Fms. i. 6: taka af e-m, to take a thing from one, x. 421, Nj. 103, 131, Eg. 120, Ld. 288; taka frá e-m, to take from, off, Nj. 253, K. Þ. K. 48; taka ofan, to take down, pull down, Nj. 119, 168; taka ór, to set apart, 232; taka undir sik, to take under oneself, subject, Fms. x. 24: to take charge of, Nj. 110, Eg. 725: taka upp, to take up, pick up, assume, 23.5. to take, grasp; taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands, Nj. 129; taka á lopti, to interrupt, Fms. x. 314; taka í ketil, of the ordeal, Grág. i. 381, Gkv. 3. 7; taka í jörð, to graze, of an animal, Bs. i. 338; jó lætr til jarðar taka, Skm. 15; skulu þér láta taka niðr hesta yðra, to graze a little, Band. 14 new Ed.; tók einn þeirra niðr í sinn klæðsekk, Stj.II. metaph., taka upphaf, to begin, Hom. 49; taka vöxt ok þroska, to increase, Rb. 392; taka konungdóm, Eg. 646; taka ráð, 49; taka skírn, 770; taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian, Nj. 273; taka hvíld, to take rest, 43, 115; taka á sik svefn, 252; taka ræðu, to begin a parley, Eg. 578; taka umræðu, id., Nj. 146; þau taka þá tal, Ld. 72, Fms. ii. 254; taka nærri sér, see nær l. 2; taka á sik göngu, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; taka á sik svefn, Nj.; taka eld, to light a fire, 199; taka e-n orðum, to address; taka í sætt, to receive into reconciliation, Eg. 168; taka sættir, to accept terms, id. (also taka sættum, id.); taka þenna kost, 280; taka samheldi, Fms. ix. 344; ok tóku þat fastliga, at friðr skyldi standa, declared firmly that, x. 40, v. l.; taka stefnu, to fix a meeting, xi. 400; tóku þeir stefnu í milli sín, 402; nú er svá tekið um allt landit, at …, fixed by law that …, Gþl. 275; þeir tóku fastmælum sín í milli, at …, Bret. 82; taki í lög, to take into fellowship, Fms. xi. 96; lög-taka, cp. lófa-tak, vápna-tak; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð enn þú vildir engi af taka, thou wouldst accept none of them, Nj. 77; tók hann þann kost af, at leggja allt á konungs vald, Fms. iv. 224; ok þat tóku þeir af, ix. 367; Ólafr kvaðsk þat mundu af taka, Ld. 72; taka e-t til ráðs, or taka ráðs, bragðs, to resort to, Nj. 75, 124, 199: also, taka e-t til, to resort to, 26, Fms. xi, 253, passim (til-tæki); taka mót, to receive, Edda 15; taka e-t við, to receive in return, Fms. ii. 269; taka bætr fyrir e-t, xi. 253; með því þú görir sem ek býð þér, skaltú nökkuð eptir taka, take some reward for it, Ld. 44; þat er bæði at vér róum hart, enda mun nú mikit eptir taka, a great reward, Finnb. 232 (eptir-tekja); taka fæðu, to take food; taka corpus Domini, Mar.; taka samsæti, Fms. ii. 261; taka arf, Eg. 34; taka erfð, Gþl. 241; taka fé eptir föður sinn, Fms. xi. 47; taka laun, Nj. 68; taka veizlu, to take, receive a veizla (q. v.), Fms. xi. 239; konungr … hann tekr ( receives) af mörgum, skal hann því mikit gefa, 217; taka mikit lof, x. 367; taka helgun af Guði, Rb. 392; taka heilsu, to recover, Stj. 624; ek skal taka hæði-yrði af þér, Nj. 27; taka af honum rán ok manntjón, Ld. 64; taka úskil af íllum mönnum, Greg. 44; taka píslir ok dauða, 656 B. 30; drap hann þar menn nökkura, þótti mönnum hart at taka þat af útlendum manni, Bs. i. 19; þeir tóku mikinn andróða, Fms. viii. 438; taka andviðri, Eg. 87; þeir tóku norðan-veðr hörð, were overtaken by, Nj. 124; taka sótt, to be taken sick or ill (North E. to take ill), 29, Fms. xi. 97, Eg. 767; taka þyngd. id., Ísl. ii. 274; taka fótar-mein, Nj. 219; taka úgleði, to get out of spirits, Eg. 322; hann tók þá fáleika ok úgleði, Fms. vii. 103; hann tók langt kaf, 202; taka arftaki, to adopt, Grág. i. 232; taka konung, to take, elect a king, Fms. ix. 256; taka konu, to take a wife, x. 397; hann kvángaðisk ok tók bróður-dóttur þess manns er Finnr hét, 406; tók Magnús konungr Margrétu, 413; taka konu brott nauðga, to carry off a woman, Grág. i. 353; tók hann þá til háseta, he hired them, Eg. 404; taka far or fari, Landn. 307, Grág. ii. 406 (far, ii. 3); taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways, Fms. viii. 30; taka ferð, to start, Stj.; taka til konungs, or the like, Eg. 367, 400, Fms. vii. 252; taka til siðar, Sks. 313; taka e-n vel, to receive well; ok taki ér, herra, vel þá Hjalta ok Gizur, Bs. i. 19; tók Skota-konungr hann vel, Fms. xi. 419; taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly, Nj. 26; taka fyrir e-t, to stop, interrupt, refuse, Fms. x. 251.III. to reach, stretch forth, touch; hann beit skarð, allt þat er tennr tóku, Eg. 605; eigi djúpara enn þeim tók undir hendr, Ld. 78; skurðrinn tók á framan-verðan bakkann, Krók.; hyrnan tók andlitið, Nj. 253; rödd tekr eyru, Skálda 175; döggskórinn tók niðr akrinn upp-standanda, Fas. i. 173; hafði flóð tekit þær, swept them away, Fms. xi. 393; spjót langskept svá at vel taki skipa meðal, Sks. 385; nef hans tók austr til landsenda … véli-fjarðar tóku norðr í Finnabú, Fms. viii. 10; tekr mörkin náliga allt it efra suðr, Eg. 58; þvíat ekki tek ek heim í kveld, Nj. 275; mun ek taka þangat í dag? Hbl.; bóndans bót tekr fyrir ( encompasses) konu, hans ok börn ok hjón, N. G. L. i. 341; taka niðri, to take the ground, of a ship or thing floating, Fas. iii. 257; svá at upp tekr um klaufir, Boll. 336; at eigi tæki hann (acc.) regnit, Stj. 594; skulu vér varask, at eigi taki oss þau dæmi, Hom. 70; svá mikit er uxa-húð tekr yfir, Fas. i. 288; nær því er þú sér at taka mun en ekki ór hófi, Sks. 21; hundr bundinn svá at taki eigi til manna, Grág. ii. 119; taka höndum upp, to lift up hands, Bs. i. 735, Edda 22; ek sé fram undir brekkuna, at upp taka spjóts-oddar fimtán, Finnb. 286; þetta smíði (Babel) tók upp ór veðrum, Edda 146 (pref.); hárit tók ofan á belti, Nj. 2; stöpul er til himins tæki, 645. 71; hér til tekr en fyrsta bók, reaches here, 655 vii. 4; taka mátti hendi til fals, Eg. 285; þeir tóku fram árum, took the oars, Fms. vii. 288; smeygði á sik ok tók út höndunum, 202; þeir tóku undun, to escape, viii. 438: to reach, land, take harbour, gaf honum vel byri ok tóku Borgarfjörð, Nj. 10; tóku þeir Friðar-ey, 268; þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu, Ísl. ii. 246; byrjaði vel ok tóku Noreg, Ld. 72, 310; tóku þar land sem heitir Vatnsfjörðr, Landn. 30: ellipt., hann tók þar sem nú heitir Herjólfs-höfn, id.; þeir tóku fyrir sunnan land, 175.2. to take, hold, of a vessel; ketill or tók tvær tunnur, Fb. i. 524; lands þess er tæki ( of the value of) fjóra tigi hundraða, Sturl. i. 98, v. l.; hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend, Nj. 225: so in the phrase, það tekr því ekki, it is not worth the while; þann enn eina grip er hann átti svá at fé tæki, the sole object of value he had, Bs. i. 636.3. spec. usages; fara sem fætr mega af taka, Finnb. 288; konur æpa sem þær megu mest af taka, Al. 47, (aftak, aftaka-veðr, q. v.), Karl. 109, 196; fóru hvárir-tveggju sem af tók, went as fast as possible, Fms, iv. 304; hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, Eg. 93: in the phrase, taka mikinn, lítinn … af e-u, to make much, little of, take it to heart or lightly; mikit tekr þú af þessu, thou takest it much to heart, Lv. 10; öngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee, Ld. 105; eigi töku vér mikit af at tortryggva þá bók, þótt mart sé undarligt í sagt, we will not strongly question the truth of the book, although many wonders are told therein, Sks. 78; Óspakr kvað hana mikit af taka, said he used very strong language, Ld. 216; mikinn tekr þú af, segir konungr, thou settest much by it, said the king, Fms. vi. 206: munda ek sýnu minna hafa af tekit ef ek væra údrukkinn, I would have kept a better tongue, xi. 112; Þórvarðr tók eigi af fyrir útanferð sína, did not quite refuse the going abroad, Sturl. iii. 244; hann kvaðsk eigi taka mega af því hvat mælt væri, he did not much mind what folks said, Nj. 210; hón tók lítið af öllu, said little about it, took it coolly, Eg. 322; tók hann minna af enn áðr við Íslendinga, he spoke not so strongly of them as he used to do, Glúm. 328; ok er sendi-menn kómu tók hann lítið af, Fms. x. 101; Flosi svaraði öllu vel, en tók þó lítið af, F. gave a civil but reserved answer, Nj. 180.IV. with prepp.; taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse, Nj. 4, 179; taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping, Ölk. 35; taka skriðinn af skipinu, Fms. ii. 305; taka e-t af, to abolish, vii. 1, x. 152, Ísl. ii. 258:—taka á e-u, to touch (á-tak), Nj. 118; þegar sem nær þeim er komit ok á þeim tekit, Stj. 76; sá er tekr fyrst á funa, Gm.; þat er ok, áðr þeir taki á dómum sinum ( ere they deliver sentence), at þeir skolu eið vinna áðr, Grág. i. 64; taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, ekki vel, ílla … á e-u, to take a thing so and so, take it well, in good part, ill, in ill part, etc., Ld. 50, 248, Fms. xi. 124, Nj. 206, 265; Gunnarr talaði fátt um ok tók á öngu úlíkliga, 40; tak glaðan á ( cheerfully) við konunginn, Fms. xi. 112; þeir höfðu sagt hversu hann hafði á tekit þeim feðgum, Rd. 284; Leifr tekr á þessu eigi mjök, Fb. ii. 397; tók Börkr (á) því seinliga, Eb. 15 new Ed.:—taka eptir, to notice, observe, Sturl. i. 2 (eptir-tekt):—taka móti, to withstand, resist, Nj. 261, Fms. ix. 307, 513 (mót-tak):—taka með, to reserve, accept, iv. 340, xi. 427 (með-taka): taka við, hann tókþar ok við mörg önnur dæmi, bæði konunga æfi, he tacked to it many records, the lives of kings, etc., Ó. H. (pref.): this isolated phrase has led editors (but wrongly) to substitute hann ‘jók’ þar við:—taka aptr, to take back, render void, undo, Bs. i. 631, Nj. 191, Sks. 775; eigi má aptr taka unnit verk, a saying, Fms. ii. 11: to recall, unsay, mun ek þau orð eigi aptr taka, Ld. 42, Fms. ii. 253:—taka í, to pull off; taktu í hann, to pull his stocking off:—taka um, to take hold of, grasp, Eg. 410, Hkr. ii. 322:—taka upp, to pick up, assume; niðr at fella ok upp at taka, 625. 68, Eg. 23; taka upp borð, to put up the tables before a meal; tekr upp borð ok setr fyrir þá Butralda, Fbr. 37; vóru borð upp tekin um alla stofuna ok sett á vist, Eg. 551: but also to remove them after a meal (= taka borð ofan), 408, Hkr. ii. 192, Fms. i. 41, Orkn. 246 (see borð II); taka upp vist, to put food on the table, Vm. 168; taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode, passim; taka upp, of a body, to take up, disinter, Hkr. ii. 388; taka upp, to seize on, confiscate, Nj. 73, 207, Ld. 38, Eg. 73; þeir tóku upp ( laid waste) þorp þat er heitir Tuma-þorp, Fms. i. 151; var þá tekin upp bygð Hrolleifs, Fs. 34; hón tekr þat mart upp er fjarri er mínum vilja, Nj. 6l; at þú gefir ró reiði ok takir þat upp er minnst vandræði standi af, 175; taka upp verknað, to take up work, Ld. 34; taka upp stærð, to take to pride, Fms. x. 108; halda upp-teknu efni, i. 263; taka upp sök, mál, to take up a case, Nj. 31, 71, 231: to interpret, eigi kann ek öðruvís at ráða þenna draum … glíkliga er upp tekit, Sturl. iii. 216; ok skal svá upp taka ‘síks glóð,’ þat er ‘gull,’ Edda 127; kvæði, ef þau eru rétt kveðin ok skynsamliga upp tekin, Hkr. (pref.); tók hann svá upp, at honum væri eigi úhætt, Fms. ix. 424; drykk ok vistir svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take, iv. 92; er þat skip mikit, ok mun þat taka oss upp alla, Nj. 259; þat hjóna er meira lagði til félags skal meira upp taka, Gþl. 220; þótti þeim í hönd falla at taka upp land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, Ld. 210; skal sá sem at Kálfafelli býr taka upp vatn at sínum hlut, Vm. 168; taka upp giptu hjá Dana-konungi, Fms. xi. 426; taka upp goðorð, Nj. 151, 168, Grág. i. 24; taka upp þing. Ann. 1304 ( to restore); tókusk þá upp lög ok landsréttr, Fs. 27; taka upp vanda, Fms. vii. 280:—taka til, to take to; hefna svá at ekki fýsi annan slík firn til at taka, 655 xiii. A. 3; tóku margir þá til at níða hann, Bs. i; taka til ráða, ráðs, bragðs, Nj. 19, 75, 124; hann tók til ráða skjótt, 19; enn þó munu vér þat bragðs taka, 199; hvat skal nú til ráða taka, 124; ef hann tekr nökkut íllt til, 26; hverja úhæfu er hann tekr til, Fms. xi. 253; taka til máls, to take to talking, Nj. 16, 71; taka til orðs, or orða, 122, 230, 264; hann tók nú til at segja söguna, to take to telling a story; taka til varnar, to begin the defence, Grág. i. 60, Nj. 271; nú er þar til at taka, at …, 74; er blót tóku til, Landn. 111; þá tók til ríki Svía-konungs, Fms. iv. 118; um Slésvík þar sem Dana-ríki tók til, xi. 417: to concern, þat mun taka til yðar, Hom. 150; þetta mál er til konungs tók, Fms. xi. 105; láta til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with, Band. 23 new Ed.; Gísl lét fátt til sín taka, Fms. vii. 30; vil ek nú biðja þik at þú létir ekki til þín taka um tal várt, Nj. 184: to have recourse to, þú tekr eigi til þeirra liðsinnis ef ekki þarf, Fms. vii. 17, Grág. i. 41; taka til segls, Eg. 573, Fms. ix. 22; taka til sunds, 24; taka til e-s, to note, mark, with dislike:—taka undir, to take under a thing; hann tók undir kverkina, took her by the chin, Nj. 2; þá tók Egill undir höfða-hlut Skalla-grími, Eg. 398: to undertake, þat mál er þeir skyldi sjálfir undir taka, Hkr. i. 266; þá skal hann taka undir þá sömu þjónostu, Ó. H. 120: to back, second, hann kvaðsk ekki mundu taka undir vandræði þeirra, Nj. 182; undir þann kviðling tók Rúnolfr goði, ok sótti Hjalta um goðgá, Bs. i. 17: ek mun taka undir með þér ok styðja málit, Fms. xi. 53; hann tók ekki undir þat ráð, Fb. ii. 511; þau tóku undir þetta léttliga, seconded it readily, Ld. 150; hann tók seinliga undir, Nj. 217; hann hafði heyrt tal þeirra ok tók undir þegar, ok kvað ekki saka, Ld. 192: göra tilraun hversu þér tækit undir þetta, Fb. i. 129: to echo, blésu herblástr svá at fjöllin tóku undir, Fas. i. 505; taka undir söng, to accompany singing:—taka við, to receive; nú tóktú svá við sverði þessu, Fms. i. 15; siðan hljópu menn hans, enn hann túk við þeim, 105; jörð tekr við öldri, Hm.; til þess er akkerit tók við, grappled, took hold, Dan. holde igen, Fms. x. 135. v. l.; þar til er sjár tók við honum, Edda 153 (pref.); taka við ríki, Eg. 241, Fms. i. 7; taka við trú, Nj. 158, 159; taka við handsölum á e-u, 257; ef maðr görr við at taka við dæmdum úmaga, Grág. i. 258; taka vel við e-m, to receive well, Nj. 5; ekki torleiði tekr við yðr, no obstacle stops you, Al. 120; þeir tóku við vel ok vörðusk, made a bold resistance, Fms. i. 104; eggjuðu sumir at við skyldi taka, vii. 283; at þeir skyldi verja landit, en þeir vildu eigi við taka, xi. 386; ganga fram á mel nökkurn, ok segir Hrútr at þeir mundu þar við taka, Ld. 62; þar stóð steinn einn mikill, þar bað Kjartan þá við taka, 220; seg þú æfi-sögu þína, Ásmundr, en þá skal Egill við taka, tell thy life’s tale, Asmund, and then shall Egil take his turn, Fas. iii. 374; tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off:—taka yfir, hann vildi eigi til ráða nema hann ætlaði at yfir tæki, Fms. iv. 174; þeir munu allt til vinna, at yfir taki með oss, Nj. 198; at eyrendi þeirra skyldi eigi lyktuð né yfir tekin, Fms. iv. 224.V. to take to, begin:1. with infin., tóku menn at binda sár sín, Eg. 93; hann tók at yrkja þegar er hann var ungr, 685; hans afli tók at vaxa, Fms. viii. 47; á þeim veg er ek tæka ganga, Sks. 3; taka at birtask, 568; tekr at dimma, birta … rigna, it gets dim, takes to darken … rain; allt þat er hann tekr at henda, Nj. 5; þá tók at lægja veðrit, 124; tók þá at morna, 131; tók þá at nátta, Fms. ix. 54; kvölda tekr = Lat. vesperascit, Luke xxiv. 29.2. in other phrases, taka á rás, to take to running, to run, Nj. 253, Eg. 216, 220, Eb. 62 (hófu á rás, 67 new Ed.), Hrafn. 7: ellipt., tók bogmaðr ok hans menn á land upp undan, they took to the inland and escaped, Fms. ix. 275; tók hann þegar upp um brú, viii. 169; svá íllt sem nú er frá at taka (to escape, shun), þá mun þó síðarr verr, Fs. 55; taka flótta, to take to flight, Hm. 30; Eirekr tók út ór stofunni, took out of the room, ran out, Sturl. ii. 64; þeir tóku út eitt veðr allir, stood out to sea with the same wind, Fb. ii. 243.VI. with dat., to take to, receive (perh. ellipt. for taka við- e-u); jarl tók vel sendi-mönnum ok vináttu-málum konungs, Fms. i. 53; konungr tók honum vel ok blíðliga, vii. 197; tekit mundu vér hafa kveðju þinni þóttú hefðir oss fyrri fagnat, Ld. 34; Grímr tók því seinliga, Eg. 764; Sigurðr tók því máli vel, 38, Fms. x. 2; konungr tók þá vel orðum Þórólfs, Eg. 44; hann tók því þakksamliga, Fms. i. 21; taka vel þeirra eyrendum, x. 33; Barði tók þessu vel, Ld. 236; Hákon tók því seinliga, Fms. i. 74; eigi mun konungr taka því þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, Eg. 59; tók Brynjólfr þá sættum fyrir Björn, 168; Njáll átti hlut at, at þeir skyldi taka sættum, Nj. 120; taka handsölum á fé, 257; taka heimildum á e-u, Fms. x. 45; taka fari, Grág. ii. 399, Nj. 111, 258 (see far); taka bóli, to take a farm (on lease), Gþl. 328, 354; mun ek máli taka fyrir alla Íslenzka menn þá er á skipi eru, speak for them, Bs. i. 421.VII. impers. it is taken; hann brá upp hendinni ok tók hana af honum ok höfuðit af konunginum, Nj. 275; ok tók af nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. l.; þá tók af veðrit (acc.), the weather ‘took up’ (as is said in North of England), the storm abated. Fas. i. 157; svá at þar tæki af vega alla, all roads were stopped, Fms, iii. 122; af þeim tók málit ok görask úfærir, Fas. ii. 549; kom á höndina fyrir ofan úlflið svá at af tók, Nj. 84; kom á fótinn svá at af tók, 123; þá tók efa af mörgum manni, Fms. iii. 8; sýnina tekr frá e-m, to become blind, x. 339; undan kúnni tók nyt alla, Eb. 316; jafnskjótt tók ór verkinn allan, Fms. iv. 369; tók út skip Þangbrands ór Hitará, she drifted out, Bs. i. 15; í þat mund dags er út tók eykðina, when the time of ‘eykð’ was nearly passed, Fms. xi. 136; um várit er sumar-hita tók, when the summer heat set in, Fs. 67; réru svá skjótt at ekki tók (viz. þá) á vatni, Fms. vii. 344.2. as a naut. term, to clear, weather a point; veðr var litið ok tók þeim skamt frá landi, the weather was still, and they kept close in shore, Fms. vi. 190: hence the mod. naut. phrase, e-m tekr, to clear, weather; mér tók fyrir nesit, I cleared, weathered the ness; vindr þver, svo að þeim tekr ekki.3. þar er eigi of tekr torf eðr grjót, where neither is at hand, Grág. ii. 262; þau dæmi tekr til þessa máls, the proofs of this are, that when …, Hom. 127.B. Reflex., takask mikit á hendr, to take much in hand, Band. 3, Nj. 228, Fms. i. 159; tókumk ek þat á hendr, xi. 104; láta af takask, to let oneself be deprived of, Eg. 296; takask e-n á hendr.2. to be brought about, take effect, succeed; cp. þykkir mikit í hættu hversu þér teksk, Ld. 310; þat tóksk honum, he succeeded, Bárð. 167; tekst þá tveir vilja, it succeeds when two will, i. e. joint efforts prevail, a saying:—takask til, to happen; Ásgrími tóksk svá til (it so happened to A.), sem sjaldan var vant, at vörn var í máii hans, Nj. 92; ef svá vill til takask. Fas. i. 251; svá erviðliga sem þeim hafði til tekizk at herja á þá feðga, Fms. i. 184; mér hefir úgiptuliga tekizk, Ld. 252; þætti mér allmiklu máli skipta at þér tækisk stórmannliga, that thou wouldst behave generously, Hkr. ii. 32; hefir þetta svá tekizk sem ván var at, er hann var barn at aldri, 268.3. to take place, begin; tóksk orrosta, Nj. 8; teksk þar orrosta, 122; ráð takask, of a marriage; en ef þá takask eigi ráðin, if the wedding takes not place then, Grág. i. 311; lýkr svá at ráðin skyldi takask, 99; ráð þau skyldi takask at öðru sumri, Eg. 26, Fms. x. 40: to be realised, hvatamaðr at þessi ferð skyldi takask, Ld. 240; síðan er mægð hafdi tekizk með þeim, since they had intermarried, Eg. 37; takask með þeim góðar ástir, they came to love one another much, of newly-married people, passim; féráns dómr teksk, Grág. i. 95; takask nú af heimboðin, to cease, Ld. 208; ok er allt mál at ættvíg þessi takisk af, 258.II. recipr., takask orðum, to speak to one another, Fms. xi. 13; ok er þeir tókusk at orðum, spurði hann …, Eg. 375; bræðr-synir takask arf eptir, entreat one another, Gþl. 241; ef menn takask fyrir árar eða þiljur, take from one another, 424: takask á, to wrestle, Bárð. 168; takask fangbrögðum, Ld. 252, Ísl. ii. 446: takask í hendr, to shake hands, Grág. i. 384, Nj. 3, 65.III. part. tekinn; vóru þá tekin ( stopped) öll borgar-hlið ok vegar allir, at Norðmönnum kæmi engi njósn, Fms. vi. 411: Steinþórr var til þess tekinn, at …, S. was particularly named as …, Eb. 32, 150; hann var til þess tekinn, at honum var verra til hjóna en öðrum mönnum, Grett. 70 new Ed. (cp. mod. usage, taka til e-s, to wonder at): lá hann ok var mjök tekinn, very ill, Sturl. i. 89: Álfhildr var þungliga tekin, ok gékk henni nær dauða, Fms. iv. 274; hann var mjök tekinn ok þyngdr af líkþrá, ii. 229; þú ert Ílla at tekin fyrir vanheilsu sakir, vii. 244; ú-tekin jörð, an untaken, unclaimed estate, Sturl. iii. 57, Gþl. 313.2. at af teknum þeim, except, Fms. x. 232; at af teknum úvinum sínum, 266, (Latinism.) -
40 part
part [paʀ]feminine noun• prendre une part de gâteau to take a piece or slice of cakeb. ( = participation, partie) part• prendre une part importante dans... to play an important part in...c. (locutions)► à part ( = de côté) on one side ; ( = séparément) separately ; ( = excepté) apart from ; ( = exceptionnel) special• d'une part... d'autre part on the one hand... on the other hand► de la part de (provenance) from ; ( = au nom de) on behalf of• pour ma part je considère que... for my part, I consider that...► faire part de qch à qn to announce sth to sb• faire la part des choses to make allowances► prendre part à [+ travail, débat] to take part in ; [+ manifestation] to join in* * *paʀ
1.
1) ( portion) (de tarte, gâteau) slice, portion; (de viande, riz) helping, portion; (d'héritage, de marché) shareune part du gâteau — fig a slice ou share of the cake
2) ( élément d'un tout) proportionune grande part de quelque chose — a high proportion ou large part of something
il y a une grande part de fiction dans son récit — his/her account is highly fictional
pour une bonne or grande part — to a large ou great extent
faire la part de quelque chose — to take something into account ou consideration
à part entière — [membre, citoyen] full (épith); [science, sujet] in its own right
3) ( contribution) shareil m'a fait part de ses projets/son inquiétude — he told me about his plans/his concern
4) ( partie d'un lieu)de toute(s) part(s) — [surgir, arriver] from all sides
de part et d'autre — on both sides, on either side
de part en part — [traverser, transpercer] right ou straight through
5) ( point de vue)d'une part..., d'autre part... — ( marquant une énumération) firstly..., secondly...; ( marquant une opposition) on (the) one hand... on the other hand
d'autre part — ( de plus) moreover
prendre quelque chose en bonne/mauvaise part — to take something in good part/take something badly
2.
à part locution1) ( séparément) [ranger, classer] separatelyprendre quelqu'un à part — to take somebody aside ou to one side
2) ( séparé)3) ( différent)être un peu à part — [personne] to be out of the ordinary
un cas/lieu à part — a special case/place
4) ( excepté) apart fromà part ça, quoi de neuf? — (colloq) apart from that, what's new?
3.
de la part de locution prépositive1) ( à la place de)de la part de — [agir, écrire, téléphoner] on behalf of
2) ( venant de)de leur part, rien ne m'étonne — nothing they do surprises me
c'est de la part de qui? — ( au téléphone) who's calling please?
••* * *paʀ1. vbSee:2. nf1) (= fraction, partie) partUne part de frais est remboursable. — Part of the costs is refundable.
Il y a une part de vantardise dans ce qu'il dit. — There's an element of boasting in what he says.
pour une large part; pour une bonne part — to a great extent
Tout mensonge comporte une part de vérité. — Every lie has some truth in it.
2) (= portion) [gâteau, fromage] piece, portion, (qui revient à qn) shareVous n'avez pas eu votre part. — You haven't had your share.
à part entière (citoyen, membre, partenaire) — full
à parts égales; à part égale — equally
3) FINANCE share, non-voting share4) (= côté)de toute part; de toutes parts — from all sides, from all quarters
de part et d'autre — on both sides, on either side
d'une part... d'autre part — on the one hand... on the other hand
5)à part [vivre] — separately, [mettre] aside, (employé comme préposition) apart from, except for
Ils sont tous venus, à part Christian. — They all came, except Christian., (employé comme adjectif) (sportif) exceptional, (catégorie) of its own
faire la part (trop) belle à qn [homme] — to give sb more than his share, [femme] to give sb more than her share
prendre part à [débat] — to take part in, [soucis, douleur de qn] to share
Il va prendre part à la réunion. — He's going to take part in the meeting.
Nous prenons part à votre grande douleur. — We share your grief.
faire part de qch à qn — to announce sth to sb, to inform sb of sth
pour ma part — as for me, as far as I'm concerned
de la part de (= au nom de) — on behalf of, (= donné par) from
Je dois vous remercier de la part de mon frère. — I must thank you on behalf of my brother.
C'est un cadeau pour toi, de la part de Françoise. — It's a present for you, from Françoise.
c'est de la part de qui? (au téléphone) — who's calling please?, who's speaking please?
* * *A nf1 ( portion) (de tarte, gâteau) slice, portion; (de viande, riz) helping, portion; ( d'héritage) share; couper qch en six parts égales to cut sth into six equal portions; vouloir/mériter une part du gâteau fig to want/deserve a slice ou share of the cake; avoir sa part de misères/souffrances/soucis to have one's (fair) share of misfortunes/suffering/worries; la part du pauvre some food for the unexpected guest;2 ( élément d'un tout) proportion, part; une part des bénéfices/du budget a proportion of the profits/of the budget; une part non négligeable de leur revenu a significant proportion of their income; une grande part de qch a high proportion ou large part of sth; une part de chance/jeu/sacrifice an element of chance/risk/sacrifice; il y a une grande part de fiction/de réel dans son récit his account is highly fictional/very much based on reality; le hasard n'a aucune part là-dedans chance has nothing to do with it; pour une part to some extent; pour une bonne or grande part to a large ou great extent; faire la part de qch to take sth into account ou consideration; faire la part des choses to put things in perspective; faire la part belle à qch to place ou put great emphasis on sth; faire la part belle à qn to give sb the best deal; à part entière [membre, citoyen] full ( épith); [science, sujet] in its own right; ils sont français à part entière they are full French nationals; c'est un art à part entière it's an art in its own right; participer aux travaux/discussions à part entière to participate fully in the work/discussions;3 ( contribution) share; payer sa part to pay one's share; chacun paie sa part, c'est mieux everyone pays their share, it's better that way; faire sa part de travail/ménage to do one's share of the work/housework; prendre part à to take part in [activité, discussion, travail, conflit]; nous prenons part à votre douleur or peine we share your grief; il m'a fait part de ses projets/son inquiétude he told me about his plans/concern; je vous ferai part de mes intentions I'll let you know my intentions; Hélène et Roger Moulin sont heureux de vous faire part de la naissance de leur fille Zoé Hélène and Roger Moulin are pleased to announce the birth of their daughter Zoé;4 ( partie d'un lieu) de toute(s) part(s) [surgir, arriver] from all sides; être attaqué de toutes parts to be attacked from all sides; de part et d'autre on both sides, on either side (de qch of sth); il y a une volonté de dialogue de part et d'autre there is a willingness to talk on both sides; de part en part [traverser, transpercer] right ou straight through; ⇒ autre C, nul E, quelque D;5 ( point de vue) pour ma/ta/notre part for my/your/our part; il a pour sa part déclaré que… for his part he declared that…; d'une part…, d'autre part… ( marquant une énumération) firstly…, secondly…; ( marquant une opposition) on (the) one hand… on the other hand; d'autre part ( de plus) moreover; prendre qch en bonne/mauvaise part to take sth in good part/take sth badly;6 Fin, Écon part (sociale or d'intérêt) share; avoir des parts dans une société to have shares in a company; une part de marché a market share; part de fondateur founder's share;7 Fisc unit on which the calculation of personal tax is based;B à part loc1 ( à l'écart) [ranger, classer] separately; mettre qch à part to put sth to one side; si on met à part cette partie de la population leaving aside this section of the population; préparez une sauce/des légumes à part prepare a sauce/some vegetables separately; prendre qn à part to take sb aside ou to one side;2 ( séparé) une salle à part a separate room; faire lit/chambre à part to sleep in separate beds/rooms;3 ( différent) être un peu à part [personne] to be out of the ordinary; un cas/lieu à part a special case/place; un personnage à part a unique character;4 ( excepté) apart from; (mis) à part ça il est charmant apart from that he's charming; à part ça, quoi de neuf○? apart from that, what's new?; la semaine s'est bien passée à part un jour de pluie the week went well apart from one rainy day; à part que apart from the fact that; blague à part joking aside.C de la part de loc prép1 ( à la place de) [agir, écrire, téléphoner] de la part de on behalf of; je vous souhaite bonne chance de la part de toute l'équipe on behalf of the whole team I wish you good luck; je vous appelle de la part de M. Pichon I'm phoning on behalf of Mr Pichon;2 ( venant de) de la part de qn from sb; il y a un message de la part de ton père there's a message from your father; j'ai un cadeau pour toi de la part de ma sœur I've got a present for you from my sister; donne-leur le bonjour de ma part say hello to them for me; ce n'est pas très gentil de ta part that wasn't very nice of you; sans engagement de votre part with no obligation on your part; de leur part, rien ne m'étonne nothing they do surprises me; c'est de la part de qui? ( au téléphone) who's calling ou speaking please?faire la part du feu to cut one's losses.[par] nom féminin1. [dans un partage - de nourriture] piece, portion ; [ - d'un butin, de profits, de travail etc] sharerepose-toi, tu as fait ta part have a rest, you've done your bitavoir part à to have a share in, to share (in)vouloir sa part de ou du gâteau to want one's share of the cakese réserver ou se tailler la part du lion to keep ou to take the lion's share2. DROIT [pour les impôts] basic unit used for calculating personal income taxun couple avec un enfant a deux parts et demie a couple with a child has a tax allowance worth two and a half (UK) ou has two and a half tax exemptions (US)3. ÉCONOMIE & FINANCEpart sociale/d'intérêts unquoted/partner's shareen grande part for the most part, largely, to a large extentles sociétés, pour la plus grande part, sont privatisées firms, for the most part, are privatizedil y a une grande part de peur dans son échec her failure is due to a large extent to fear, fear goes a long way towards explaining her failure5. [participation]a. [discussion, compétition, manifestation] to take part inb. [cérémonie, projet] to join in, to play a part inc. [attentat] to take part in, to play a part inprendre part à la joie/peine de quelqu'un to share (in) somebody's joy/sorrowil faut faire la part du hasard/de la malchance you have to recognize the part played by chance/ill-luck, you have to make allowances for chance/ill-luck6. THÉÂTRE [aparté] (artist's) cut7. (locution)dis-lui au revoir/merci de ma part say goodbye/thank you for meje ne m'attendais pas à une telle audace/mesquinerie de sa part I didn't expect such boldness/meanness from himc'est de la part de qui? [au téléphone, à un visiteur] who (shall I say) is calling?pour ma/sa part (as) for me/himfaire part de quelque chose à quelqu'un to announce something to somebody, to inform somebody of somethingprendre quelque chose en mauvaise part to take offence at something, to take something amissne le prenez pas en mauvaise part, mais... don't be offended, but..————————à part locution adjectivale1. [séparé - comptes, logement] separate2. [original, marginal] odd————————à part locution adverbiale1. [à l'écart]mis à part deux ou trois détails, tout est prêt except for ou apart from two or three details, everything is ready2. [en aparté]prendre quelqu'un à part to take somebody aside ou to one side3. [séparément] separately————————à part locution prépositionnelleà part cela apart from that, that aside2. (soutenu)elle se disait à part soi que... she said to herself that...à part entière locution adjectivaleun membre à part entière de a full ou fully paid up member ofelle est devenue une actrice à part entière she's now a proper ou a fully-fledged actress————————à part que locution conjonctivec'est une jolie maison, à part qu'elle est un peu humide it's a nice house, except that it's a bit dampde part en part locution adverbialede part et d'autre locution adverbiale2. [partout] on all sidesde part et d'autre de locution prépositionnelle————————de toute(s) part(s) locution adverbialeils accouraient de toutes parts vers le village they were rushing towards the village from all directions————————d'une part... d'autre part locution correlativeon the one hand... on the other hand————————pour une large part locution adverbiale
См. также в других словарях:
To give the bag — Give Give (g[i^]v), v. t. [imp. {Gave} (g[=a]v); p. p. {Given} (g[i^]v n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Giving}.] [OE. given, yiven, yeven, AS. gifan, giefan; akin to D. geven, OS. ge[eth]an, OHG. geban, G. geben, Icel. gefa, Sw. gifva, Dan. give, Goth.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To give the hand — Give Give (g[i^]v), v. t. [imp. {Gave} (g[=a]v); p. p. {Given} (g[i^]v n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Giving}.] [OE. given, yiven, yeven, AS. gifan, giefan; akin to D. geven, OS. ge[eth]an, OHG. geban, G. geben, Icel. gefa, Sw. gifva, Dan. give, Goth.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To give the hand of — Give Give (g[i^]v), v. t. [imp. {Gave} (g[=a]v); p. p. {Given} (g[i^]v n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Giving}.] [OE. given, yiven, yeven, AS. gifan, giefan; akin to D. geven, OS. ge[eth]an, OHG. geban, G. geben, Icel. gefa, Sw. gifva, Dan. give, Goth.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To give the head — Give Give (g[i^]v), v. t. [imp. {Gave} (g[=a]v); p. p. {Given} (g[i^]v n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Giving}.] [OE. given, yiven, yeven, AS. gifan, giefan; akin to D. geven, OS. ge[eth]an, OHG. geban, G. geben, Icel. gefa, Sw. gifva, Dan. give, Goth.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To give the lie to — Give Give (g[i^]v), v. t. [imp. {Gave} (g[=a]v); p. p. {Given} (g[i^]v n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Giving}.] [OE. given, yiven, yeven, AS. gifan, giefan; akin to D. geven, OS. ge[eth]an, OHG. geban, G. geben, Icel. gefa, Sw. gifva, Dan. give, Goth.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To give the sack — Give Give (g[i^]v), v. t. [imp. {Gave} (g[=a]v); p. p. {Given} (g[i^]v n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Giving}.] [OE. given, yiven, yeven, AS. gifan, giefan; akin to D. geven, OS. ge[eth]an, OHG. geban, G. geben, Icel. gefa, Sw. gifva, Dan. give, Goth.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To give the time of day — Give Give (g[i^]v), v. t. [imp. {Gave} (g[=a]v); p. p. {Given} (g[i^]v n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Giving}.] [OE. given, yiven, yeven, AS. gifan, giefan; akin to D. geven, OS. ge[eth]an, OHG. geban, G. geben, Icel. gefa, Sw. gifva, Dan. give, Goth.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
The Seal of Confession — The Law of the Seal of Confession † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Sacrament of Penance — The Sacrament of Penance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia